EMDG C10111 01 7600 - Substation Automation Catalog

SICAM
Substation Automation
Catalog • Edition 4.0
siemens.com/sicam
Documentation Overview
SICAM Substation Automation Catalog Reyrolle Catalogs*
This catalog describes the features such as functionality, hard- The Reyrolle catalogs describe the features such as functionality,
ware and applications of the substation automation devices. hardware and applications.
SIPROTEC 5 Catalog SICAM Power Quality and Measurement Catalog
The catalog describes the features for the SIPROTEC 5 system The catalog describes the features such as functional range,
and device specific properties such as scope of functions, hard- hardware and applications of the Power Quality devices.
ware and applications.
Accessories Catalog
SIPROTEC 4 Catalog
This catalog provides an overview and description of the acces-
This catalog describes the features of the device series sories of the products for protection, station automation and
SIPROTE 4. power quality and measurement.
Selection Guide SIPROTEC and Reyrolle

SIPROTEC Compact Catalog
The selection guide offers an overview of the device series of
This catalog describes the features of the SIPROTEC Compact
Siemens protection devices, and a device selection table.
series and presents the available devices and their application
possibilities.
Manuals
The manuals describe, among others, the operation, installation

and technical data of the devices.
* in preparation
2 SICAM Substation Automation· Catalog · Edition 4.0

Content
SICAM General 1
Substation Automation Introduction 1.1
Distribution-System Automation 1.2
Catalog - Edition 4.0 Station Automation 1.3
Station Control and Telecontrol Engineering 2

Invalid:
Edition 3.0 SICAM PAS 2.1
SICAM AK 3 2.2
SICAM A8000 Series 2.3
SICAM Safety 2.4
Operation, Observation and Diagnosis 3
SICAM SCC 3.1
SICAM PQ Analyzer 3.2
SICAM DISTO 3.3
Software for Station Automation 4
SICAM PAS UI 4.1
SICAM TOOLBOX II 4.2
SICAM WEB 4.3
SICAM Device Manager 4.4
SICAM Protocol Test System 4.5
DIGSI 4 4.6
DIGSI 5 4.7
IEC 61850 System Configurator 4.8
SIGRA 4.9
Bay Controllers 5
Introduction 5.1
SIPROTEC 6MD85 5.2
SIPROTEC 6MD86 5.3
SIPROTEC 6MD89 5.4
SIPROTEC 6MD61 5.5
SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0 3

Content
5.6 SIPROTEC 6MD63
5.7 SIPROTEC 6MD66
6 Distribution-System Automation
6.1 SICAM A8000 Series
6.2 SIPROTEC 7SC80
7 Short-circuit Indicator
7.1 SICAM FCM
7.2 SICAM FPI
7.3 SICAM FSI
7.4 SICAM FCG
8 Accessories
8.1 SICAM I/O-Unit
8.2 SICAM AI-Unit
9 Index
4 SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0

General
Introduction
Preface • Cost-effective investments and economic operation

Siemens won the 2006 Frost & Sullivan Technology Leadership • Efficient project management
Award in acknowledgment of Siemens’ pioneering work in the
• Long-term concepts, upgradeable and open for new require- 1.1
development of innovative technology – the IEC 61850. Users ments
are in safe hands with the energy automation solutions from
Siemens. The combination of extensive experience and the The energy-automation solutions from Siemens offer a multi-
latest innovation provides security for many years. Our solutions tude of standardized configurations and functions for many
are also compatible with older devices. typical tasks. These default settings allow the use of flexible
products but, at the same time, are open for more challenging
Overview and Solutions and customized applications. The acquisition of all kinds of data,
In recent years, influences on the business of power utilities computing and automation functions as well as versatile
have changed considerably. Running the power grid has communication can be very flexibly combined to create special
changed from a static, virtually stable layout to a dynamic oper- solutions and facilitate integration into the existing system envi-
ation. The requirements regarding a longer service life for all ronment.
grid system components continue to gain importance.
As a result, the importance of substation automation technology
has grown considerably and the requirements with respect to
control, protection, and remote control have experienced a
great paradigm shift:
• Flexible and customized solutions for diverse applications
• Safe and reliable operations management
[ph_Substation_Automation_group, 1, --_--]
Figure 1.1/1 Siemens - Station Automation Products

General
Distribution-System Automation
Distribution-system automation from Siemens considerably opti- • Automatic operation and the use of standards provide time
mizes the reliability and availability of your energy distribution and cost savings
systems. Here, the functionality extends from the acquisition of
network data, telemonitoring and remote control up to fully
• Network automation and control guarantee adherence to the
specified voltage range
automated applications such as high-speed FISR (Fault Isolation
1.2 and Service Restoration), Volt-Var Control and similar. With the Siemens solutions for distribution-system automation,
you will benefit in all respects from a wide spectrum of know-
The technology supports the network operation and, for how. As a supplement to distribution-system automation,
example, takes over monitoring of the currents and voltage in Siemens offers a complete portfolio for power-system moni-
the distribution system and also the command output to toring, power-quality recording, fault recording, phasor meas-
remote-controllable units such as switches and transformers. urement, and system-software applications.
Furthermore, the distribution-system automation uses well- The Siemens products of the SICAM product family for power
proven technologies and characteristics of sensors, control and quality and measurement support power utilities and consumers
remote terminal units (RTUs) right up to communication devices with solutions for precise measurement, recording, and indica-
such as routers and modems. tion of the required information for continuous determination,
The hardware is supplemented by specially developed software adaptation, and improvement of power quality. Always the right
and algorithms for special distribution-system functionality. fit, for your application as well.
Advantages
• Continuous power-system monitoring ensures early detection
of problems
• Fast Fault Isolation and Service Restoration increases the effi-
ciency level
[ph_distribution automation, 1, --_--]
Figure 1.2/1 Siemens Short-Circuit Indicators and Distribution-System Automation Products

General
Station Automation
For station automation, Siemens offers proven concepts in all Siemens products and solutions for switchgear automation
task areas of switchgear automation – on all voltage levels and correspond to the standard IEC 61850. This standard marks a
for all types of switchgear. Distributed solutions on the basis of major step towards power-system intelligence as it fulfills high
distributed bay units can also be implemented with our offer in communication demands with regard to data volume, speed,
the same way as central telecontrol systems with integrated etc. Additional advantages: easy integration of devices from the
automation and node functions or multifunctional protection competition and highest levels of upgradability due to reusable
systems for coordination and the interaction of different protec- engineering data. Intelligent applications can also be imple-
tion devices. mented with IEC 61850. 1.3
Advantages Siemens offers you preconfigured and hence particularly
economic system solutions for switchgear automation for many
• Excellent overall system performance due to flexibility in the typical applications. Siemens develops individual solutions for
architecture and implementation of redundancies (optional)
specific customer requirements. Siemens provides the complete
• Support of intelligent power systems and applications on the secondary equipment in power-transmission and distribution
basis of the standard IEC 61850 systems – for new systems, extensions, and modernization proj-
• Upgradeable due to evolutionary system development and ects. Siemens products and solutions are distinguished by scal-
sophisticated migration concepts able quantity structures. They offer diverse interfaces, efficient
operation at all levels, and ensure seamless system integration.
• Limited outlay for logistics, training, etc. due to a scalable The information and control of substations is based on distrib-
system family for all power-system levels and the widest
variety of energy systems – whether electricity, gas, water, or uted devices. This offers a multitude of functions and applica-
district heating tions for data acquisition, control and monitoring, for protection
and for communication.
• Cost-efficiency through custom solutions – from standard to
customer-specific
[dw_application_station-config, 2, en_US]
Figure 1.3/1 Application Example: Station Automation

Station Control and Telecontrol Engineering
2 Devices SICAM A8000

CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050
Fields of Application Electrical distribution stations, hydropower plants, pipelines, gas distribution stations, railway
power supplies, tunnels, site protection, data concentrator, telecontrol substations or central
control units, automation units, data nodes, front end, or gateways
Max. Number of Data Points 20 000 400 000

Max. Number of I/O 116 128 128 0 to 2048 (modular)
Max. Number of Interfaces 2 x Ethernet 3 x RJ45 3 x RJ45 2 x Ethernet
1 x RS232 (serial) (2 x Ethernet/ (2 x Eth./ 1 x RS232) 1 x RS485 (serial)
1 x RS232)
1 x RS485 (serial) 1x RS232/RS485 1 x RS232 (serial)
1x RS485 selectable 1 x RS485
34 x serial (modular)
1 x GPRS
14 x Ethernet
(modular)
Human-Machine Interface (HMI)

SICAM SCC ■ ■ ■ ■
Engineering
SICAM PAS software – – – –
SICAM TOOLBOX II and Device Manager ■ ■ ■ ■
Integrated tools – – – –
Web server (for device configuration) ■ ■ ■ ■
Remote servicing ■ ■ ■ ■
Automation Functions
Automation function (CFC/PLC, IEC 61131-3) 128 k 128 k 128 k 5 x 3 MB1
CFC/PLC online test ■ ■ ■ ■
SICAM Safety (IEC 61508) – – – –
Time Synchronization
Remote NTP ■ ■ ■ ■
GPS/DCF – – – –
Resolution/sampling rate 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
1 being prepared

SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS 2
As telecontrol substations or central control unit, automation unit, data Power automation to operate switchgear with a single station computer
node, front end, or gateway (Full Server) or with up to 2 additional computers (DIPs)
200 000/CPU 80 000

0 to 32 000 (modular) Distributed via IEDs
66 x serial (modular) 200 x serial
16 x Ethernet (modular) Ethernet depending on PC
■ ■
– ■
■ –
– ■
– –
■ Remote desktop
1.5 M/CPU >1.5 M

■ ■
SIL 2 –
■ ■
■ ■
1 ms 1 ms

2 Device SICAM A8000

CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050
Communication
To the slave-protocol control Serial IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101;
center DNP3 for CP-8050;
Modbus RTU
TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2; DNP3i, Modbus TCP IEC 60870-5-104;
DNP3i; Modbus TCP for
CP-8050;
IEC 61850 Ed2
To IEDs master protocols Serial IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101;
IEC 60870-5-103;
Modbus RTU;
PROFIBUS DP 2
TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2, Modbus TCP IEC 60870-5-104;
IEC 61850 Ed2;
PROFINET IO 2
Further IED Protocols ■ ■ ■ ■
Secure Communication
IEC 60870-5-104 Master/Slave (Transport Layer ■ ■ ■ ■
Security (TLS))
IEC 61850 Client/Server (Transport Layer Security ■ ■ ■ ■
(TLS))
DNP3i Master/Slave (Transport Layer Security (TLS)) – – – 2
Redundancy – – – 2
Power Quality Applications

As Grid Code evaluation, scheduled reports, automatic – – – –
COMTRADE/PQDIF import & export, notification, fault
location, SIPROTEC 7KE85 & SICAM Q100/Q200
communication driver
2 being prepared

IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU
IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2; DNP3i IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2; DNP3i; Modbus; OPC DA, OPC XML DA
IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; Modbus RTU; PROFIBUS DP (DPV0) IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; DNP3; Modbus RTU; PROFIBUS DP
(DPV0)
IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2; DNP3i; Modbus; PROFINET IO; OPC;
SNMP
■ ■
– ■
– ■
– ■
■ ■
– ■

2 Device SICAM A8000

CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050
Archiving
Fault records, events, and mean value or PQ data in the – – – –
device
Security Event log ■
Process-data archive ■
Additional Information
Supply Voltage DC 18 V to 72 V DC 18 V to 78 V (external) DC 18 V to 78 V
(integr.) (external)
DC 82.5 V to 286 V (external)
DC 82.5 V to 286 V
(external)
AC rated 110 V to 230 V
(external)
Memory card for parameters & firmware SD
Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
Assembly DIN rail
Degree of protection Max. IP40

– ■
– ■
– ■
DC 24 V to 60 V No spec., depends on PC
DC 110 V to 220 V
AC 115 V to 230 V
SD
-5 °C to +55 °C
Rear panel, 19-inch assembly
Max. IP30

SICAM PAS – Description
Description
With SICAM PAS, the Power Automation System for energy auto-
mation, you have an instrument for innovative solutions for the
most varied conceptual formulations that can occur when using
spatially distributed information systems.
The system is equally suitable for use with the switchgear of
power utilities and in industrial plants.
SICAM PAS has been designed as a modular, open system which
complies with all widely used communication standards and
furthermore supports you in the implementation of project-
specific automation tasks in the fields of substation automation
2.1
technology and power automation.
Diverse functions for the determination and evaluation of Power
Quality measured data (PQ measured data) to determine power
quality supplement the possible fields of application of the
SICAM PAS system.
The user-management tool ensures that configuration, opera-
tion, and system-management tasks can only be performed by
[ph_SICAM PAS, 2, --_--]
authorized persons. The assignment of individual switching
authorization up to the information level further enhances the Figure 2.1/1 SICAM PAS Screenshots
security of system management. Notification functions inform
you via e-mail and/or SMS about pending system incidents, fault • Acquisition and processing of
records, and reports, such as fault-location reports. – Indications
The system can be structured redundantly at the system, inter- – Measured and metered values
face, and device levels. This approach significantly improves fail- – Fault records
safe operation. When communication connections are inter-
– Power-quality data
rupted, the redundant component takes over the process
connection. Depending on the transmission protocol, the • Compression and selective distribution – SICAM PAS does not
process image of the redundant system is updated either contin- just constantly collect all power-system data, SICAM PAS also
ually or by means of a general interrogation upon process take- handles corresponding assignment and distribution of data
over. The DNP3i, IEC 60870-5-104, and IEC 61850 protocols points, for example to control centers, HMIs, and archives
permit TSL-based secure data transmission via certificates. User • Logging and archiving – SICAM PAS supports the storage of
authentication is also supported for DNP3i. In Ethernet TCP/IP fault records and events in one archive. Evaluation and visuali-
networks, switches are used for communication with the zation of the archive is done via the SICAM PQ Analyzer.
terminal devices. SICAM PAS supports the SNMP protocol
(Simple Network Management Protocol) for monitoring the Applications
operating state of the plant and for fast error detection in order
SICAM PAS can be used for all applications where the following
to ensure operational reliability.
are required:
Benefits • Different communications standards and interfaces to
connect bay units and substations or to connect network
• Modular and scalable hardware and software control centers (Ethernet TCP/IP, serial interfaces, or OPC)
• User-friendly • Data acquisition and transmission under real-time conditions
• Fulfills strict IT security requirements for use in the area of • Secured data transmission
critical infrastructures
• Flexible, graphic project engineering for automation • Ethernet network monitoring, for example, based on SNMP
• Openness from the use of standards • Dual-channel connection for enhanced availability of commu-
nication to control centers
Functions • Data exchange via OPC as the connection to office desktop
computers
• Automation – store switching sequences such as busbar
changes in SICAM PAS, make functional processes more flex- • Realization of automation tasks
ible and also simultaneously increase the cost-effectiveness of
your energy plants
• Remote and on-site operation – there is an option at each
occasion to carry out manual operating steps – via a control
center or directly on site.

SICAM PAS – Description
• Process visualization – Human-Machine Interface (HMI) • Notification on the arrival of fault records, state changes of
– Flexible solutions for local visualization, control, archiving, selected items of information or the completion of fault loca-
and logging tion reports
– Remove visualization, control, archiving, and logging with • Automatic or manual export of fault records
SICAM SCC and the SIMATIC Web Navigator
• Assignment of individual switching authorities down to the
– Visualization of process data via individually designed user information level
interfaces such as overview diagrams, system diagrams,
event lists, etc.
• Secured data access via the User Administration tool
– Archiving of indications and measured values • Switchgear interlocks for telecontrolling/controlling
• Archiving of fault records and PDR records, as well as evalua- • Redundant structure of the substation level
tion with the SICAM PQ Analyzer • Test and diagnostic functions 2.1
• Archiving of events and evaluation with the SICAM PQ • (Remote) visualization and control of SICAM PAS applications,
Analyzer interfaces, and connection to devices and control centers with
SICAM PAS UI – Operation Client
• Notification upon receipt of fault records, status changes of
selected information or when creating fault-location reports
Configuration Examples
• Automatic or manual export of fault records Due to its modular system structure, SICAM PAS can be used for
• Assignment of individual switching authorizations up to infor- multiple purposes on the substation control level of intercon-
mation level nected control centers.
• Secure data access via the user-management tool SICAM PAS can be set up in the following different variants:
• Switchgear interlocking in the case of control/remote control • With a Full Server and SICAM SCC
• Redundant configuration of the substation level • As a distributed system consisting of
• Test and diagnostic functions – 1 or several Full Servers
• (Remote) visualization and control of SICAM PAS applications, – 1 or several DIPs (Device Interface Processor)
interfaces, and connection to devices and control centers via – SICAM SCC
SICAM PAS UI - Operation Client
SICAM PAS systems communicate with higher-level control
SICAM PAS can be used for all applications where the following centers through:
is required: • Ethernet TCP/IP (LAN/WAN)
• Different communication standards and interfaces for the • Serial interfaces
connection of bay devices and substations or for the connec-
SICAM PAS communicates with bay devices, protection devices,
tion to telecontrol centers (Ethernet TCP/IP, serial interfaces,
and substations through:
or OPC)
• Data acquisition and transmission under real time conditions • Ethernet TCP/IP (LAN/WAN)
• Secured data transmission • Serial interfaces
• Ethernet network monitoring, for example, based on SNMP • PROFIBUS interfaces
• Double-channel connection for enhanced availability of The example below illustrates the connection of 2 SICAM PAS
communication to the control centers systems to a higher-level control center
• Data exchange via OPC for connection with office computers
• Realization of automation tasks
• Process visualization - Human-Machine Interface (HMI)
– Flexible solutions for local visualization, control, archiving,
and logging
– Remote visualization, control, archiving, and logging, using
SICAM SCC and the SIMATIC Web Navigator
– Visualization of process data via individually designed user
interfaces such as overview diagrams, station diagrams,
and event lists
– Archiving of measured and metered values
• Archiving fault records and PDR records and evaluation with
the SICAM PQ Analyzer
• Archiving events and evaluation with the SICAM PQ Analyzer [dw_PAS_2_systems, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/2 Sample Configuration with 2 SICAM PAS Systems

SICAM PAS – Configuration Examples
Distributed System with Full Server and DIP

The example shows a distributed SICAM PAS system. It consists
of a Full Server and DIP and communicates with a control center
through TCP/IP. Bay devices and substations are connected to a
distributed system through Ethernet and serial interfaces.
2.1
[dw_PAS_station_bus_config, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/4 SICAM PAS Station Bus Configuration with Redundant

[dw_PAS_distributed_FS_DIP, 2, en_US] Connection of the Bay Devices through a Switch and
Redundant SICAM SCC in Server/Client Architecture
Figure 2.1/3 Example of a Distributed SICAM PAS System with Full
Server and DIP
Bay devices with 2 interfaces are required for the redundant
connection of bay devices with serial communication. Alterna-
Redundant Connection of Bay Devices and Substations
tively, bay devices equipped with 1 interface can be connected
SICAM PAS supports the redundant connection of bay devices redundantly through a modem splitter.
and substations.
The following example illustrates the configuration: Configuration for Small Applications
With systems comprising up to 80 bay devices and depending
• Redundant Full Servers on the amount of data and the complexity of the automation
• Redundant SICAM SCC implemented in server/client architec- and HMI functionality, you can operate SICAM PAS and
ture SICAM SCC on the same computer.
• Connection of bay devices to 2 SICAM PAS stations
[dw_PAS_station, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/5 Connection of Bay Devices to SICAM PAS
Configuration for Medium Applications

If your station comprises more than approximately 80 bay
devices, SICAM PAS and SICAM SCC must run on separate
computers. The example below illustrates the connection of the
bay devices to 1 SICAM PAS computer.

2.1
[dw_several_FS_same_SCC, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/8 Several Full Server Connected to the same SICAM SCC
[dw_PAS_station_SCC, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/6 Connection of Bay Devices to a SICAM PAS Computer Redundant Human-Machine Interface (HMI)
The connection of several Full Servers to a redundant SICAM SCC
Configuration for Large Applications
Human-Machine Interface represents another configuration
Up to 400 bay devices can be connected to 1 SICAM PAS Full option. This configuration enhances the system's operational
Server. reliability.
In large appllications with up to 800 bay devices, SICAM PAS is
implemented as a distributed system equipped with a Full Server
and up to 2 DIPs.
SICAM SCC is installed on a separate computer.
[dw_several_FS_redundant_SCC, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/9 Several Full Servers with Redundant SICAM SCC
Redundant Human-Machine Interface (HMI) in Server/Client

[dw_PAS_station_DIP_SCC, 2, en_US] Architecture
Figure 2.1/7 Connection of Bay Devices in a Distributed System In large stations, it may be necessary to distribute station
management tasks between several components. In such cases,
Several SICAM PAS Full Servers Connected to a Human- you set up a SICAM SCC Human-Machine Interface in server/
Machine Interface (HMI) client configuration. The following example illustrates a redun-
dant SICAM SCC comprising 2 Full Servers.
The following example illustrates a SICAM SCC Human-Machine
Interface (HMI) with 2 SICAM PAS computers to which bay
devices are connected.
This configuration makes sense in cases where no spatially
distributed Human-Machine Interface and no fail-safe
SICAM SCC are required.

2.1
[sc_faulteventviewer, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.1/11 SICAM PQ Analyzer – Fault Event Viewer
[dw_Redundant_FS_redundant_SCC, 2, en_US] SICAM PAS can also integrate additional PQS functions for the
Figure 2.1/10 Redundant SICAM SCC with Redundant Full Server
evaluation of PQ measuring data. These include a connection
option for third-party devices, which provide fault records or PQ
Communication Interfaces measuring data and the automatic export of fault records,
reports, or PQ data.
SICAM PAS is a modularly structured system. It is open for the
connection of the most versatile components, which exchange The SNMP protocol allows you to monitor the communication
their process data based on state-of-the-art communication links of the switches connected through Ethernet network.
standards. In order to perform asset monitoring tasks, SICAM PAS provides
The following data exchange options are available: an SNMP agent which makes available asset information, for
example, the product name, product version, as well as project-
• SICAM PAS with the SICAM SCC Human-Machine Interface specific product applications, to an SNMP client.
(HMI) via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
The licenses for the protocols and applications required for the
• SICAM PAS with bay devices and substations connection of the different system components are also avail-
• SICAM PAS with higher-level control centers able individually and optionally complement the SICAM PAS
basic license. The SNMP protocol, the OPC server, the communi-
• SICAM PAS with OPC servers such as the SIMATIC automation cation with SICAM MIC RTUs based on IEC 60870-5-104, as well
system
as the fault records transmission from SIPROTEC 4 devices are
• SICAM PAS with OPC clients, for example, process visualiza- included in the basic license.
tion systems of other manufacturers
• SICAM PAS with systems with OPC XML DA clients Via the system's communication interfaces, you can connect
SICAM PAS allows the user to save events, fault records, PDR SICAM PAS to:
records, PQ measuring data and fault location information to an • Higher-level control centers
archive. The archive contents can be visualized and evaluated in
the various views provided by the SICAM PQ Analyzer installed
• Bay devices and substations
on the same or a different computer. With the SICAM PQ • Components for data exchange with industrial automation
Analyzer Collector function, the archive can be transferred to a systems, such as SIMATIC
dedicated archive computer, and the (source) archives of several
SICAM PAS systems can be combined to a (Collector) archive. In Communication with Higher-Level Control Centers
addition to the Incident Explorer view, where the fault records Communication takes place via the following protocols:
are displayed in chronological order, the Event Viewer shows
the events and the Fault Event Viewer shows the fault events • IEC 61850 Server
detected by SICAM PAS (that is several fault records from • IEC 60870-5-104 Slave
different protection devices captured in a predefined, tight time • IEC 60870-5-101 Slave
slot). In the Incident Explorer, the fault records are sorted into
the (device) configuration tree or the (process) topology tree • DNP3 Slave (serial, TCP/IP)
depending on the respective selection. • Modbus Slave (serial, TCP/IP)
• Telegyr 8979 Slave
• CDT Slave

SICAM PAS – Communication Interfaces
Connection of Bay Devices and Substations • Combination of star and ring structures
Communication takes place via the following protocols: • Redundant LAN with seamless operation (Parallel Redundancy
Protocol – PRP)
• IEC 61850 Client, GOOSE status monitoring
Through their integrated communication modules, SIPROTEC 4
• IEC 61850 Server, GOOSE Publisher and SIPROTEC 5 devices can be incorporated directly into an
• IEC 60870-5-103 Master Ethernet ring. External switches are not required.
• IEC 60870-5-104 Master In a ring structure, a redundancy mechanism (Rapid Spanning
• IEC 60870-5-101 Master Tree Protocol – RSTP, High-availability Seamless Redundancy –
HSR) ensures that the communication to the devices is main-
• SICAM MIC Master tained even in case of a communication interruption in a ring
• DNP3 Master (serial, TCP/IP) segment or in case of failure of a device in the ring.
2.1
• Modbus Master (serial, TCP/IP) For the connection of other devices to this ring, for example, an
• PROFIBUS DP Master industrial PC or third-party devices, Siemens recommends the
• PROFINET IO Master use of switches manufactured by Siemens, Scalance/Ruggedcom
or Hirschmann. The switches used in ring structures must origi-
• SINAUT LSA ILSA Master nate from the same manufacturer.
• SIPROTEC 4 Service IF Master (fault records) The following paragraphs explain the principal communication
configurations for the IEC 61850 connection.
OPC Connection
The following connection type is used for stations in which
• OPC XML DA Server SICAM PAS and the devices connected through a switch are
Exchange of structured information via Internet in XML
located close to each other.
format
• OPC Server (DA V3.0) The connection of the bay devices to a switch can be realized
Data exchange with OPC clients of other applications, for either electrically or through FO. For an electrical connection,
example, process visualization systems shielded copper Twisted Pair (TP) cables are required. The cable
• OPC Client (DA V3.0) between the switch and the device must not exceed 20 m in
Data exchange with any OPC server of other applications, for length.
example, automation systems or other manufacturers'
protocol drivers
IEC 61850
The communication standard for the IEC 61850 station bus is
based on Ethernet TCP/IP.
The optional use of TLS (Transport Layer Security) provides addi-
tional security during data transmission.
IEC 61850 defines the communication and the exchange of
configuration data between bay devices and substations from
different manufacturers. Based on the IEC 61850 GOOSE mech-
anism, bay devices can directly exchange data - independently
of the operating state of the substation controller. This cross
communication enables for example, the implementation of
bay-independent interlocks on the device level.
The state of the IED GOOSE server can be monitored via SICAM [dw_IEC_61850, 2, en_US]
PAS and visualized via the SICAM PAS UI – Operation Client Web
Figure 2.1/12 IEC 61850 Connection Example
user interface without the need for additional engineering.
The IEC 61850 Server – GOOSE Publisher enables the transmis- If larger distances have to be overcome or if a larger number of
sion of data from other station components (for example, devices have to be connected, the configuration shown below
devices connected via IEC 60870-5-103, -101, ...) or from the should be considered.
SoftPLC (Automation) to the IED GOOSE server.
Depending on the project requirements, the IEC 61850 station
bus based on Ethernet TCP/IP can be realized in different config-
urations:
• Star configuration, electrical variant
• Ring structures, optical variant

SICAM PAS – Communication Interfaces
The example below illustrates the connection of bay devices to IEC 60870-5-101
an Ethernet ring through switches.
The IEC 60870-5-101 protocol is used for the connection of
substations to SICAM PAS through a serial COM port or a modem
connection.
The connection through a COM port allows the operating
modes balanced for point-to-point configuration and unbal-
anced for line operation with up to 16 substations.
Modems (IAWD, analog, ISDN, GSM dial-up mode) with the
capability of being staggered enable line operation.
If a modem is busy communicating with another substation or if
2.1 a modem has failed, a configured spare modem automatically
takes over the communication.
Siemens recommends the use of INSYS modems.
DNP3
[dw_IEC_61850_Ethernet_ring, 2, en_US]
The DNP3 protocol is used for the connection of bay devices and
Figure 2.1/13 IEC 61850 Connection Example to an Ethernet Ring
substations to SICAM PAS through Ethernet TCP/IP or serial inter-
through Switches
faces.
The example below illustrates the direct connection (without The optional use of TLS (Transport Layer Security) and authenti-
additional switches) of SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC 5 devices cation provides additional security during data transmission. TLS
which are equipped with Ethernet communication modules. can only be used if DNP3 protocol is communicating through
Ethernet TCP/IP.
Modbus
The Modbus standard is used in the field of automation engi-
neering and supported by distributed I/Os.
The communication can be performed through Ethernet TCP/IP
or serial interfaces.
PROFIBUS DP
The PROFIBUS DP bay bus standard is frequently used in the field
of automation engineering and supported by distributed I/Os.
The devices equipped with a PROFIBUS DP interface (DPV0),
[dw_SIPROTEC_devices, 2, en_US] such as SIMEAS P, ET200, or SIPROTEC 4 devices, can be
Figure 2.1/14 Connection Example – SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC 5
connected to SICAM PAS.
Devices For the connection of PROFIBUS DP devices, Siemens recom-
mends the use of PROFIBUS components manufactured by
IEC 60870-5-103 Siemens (for example, OLM for fiber-optic connections).
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is supported by the protection
and bay devices of numerous manufacturers. For example, PROFINET IO
SIPROTEC devices, SICAM T, SICAM P850/855, or transformer The PROFINET IO bay bus standard is used in the field of auto-
controllers manufactured by Eberle or Reinhausen can be mation engineering and supported by distributed I/Os.
connected to SICAM PAS.
The devices equipped with a PROFINET IO interface, such as
ET200, can be connected to SICAM PAS.
IEC 60870-5-104
The following applies for the connection to SICAM PAS:
The IEC 60870-5-104 protocol is used for the connection of bay
devices and SICAM PAS at the station level using Ethernet • A separate Ethernet module must be used for PROFINET IO.
TCP/IP. • The PROFINET configuration is configured using the TIA Portal
The optional use of TLS (Transport Layer Security) provides addi- (≥ SIMATIC Step7 V13 SP1).
tional security during data transmission. • The XML file exported via the TIA Portal is imported using
SICAM PAS UI – Configuration.

SICAM PAS – Additional Functions
Additional Station Control Functions via a DCF77 or GPS time-signal receiver with the Network Time
Protocol (NTP) in the computer. Time synchronization of the
During, for example, maintenance work or for other system-
SICAM PAS system components is also possible from a network
management reasons, information exchange with the control
control center.
centers or the station itself can be blocked with the telecontrol
blocking and bay blocking functions. You can also configure
the telecontrol blocking in a channel-specific manner so that SICAM PAS Applications
information transmission to a control center can be blocked SICAM PAS Applications reduces the effort and the technical risk
during operation whilst transmission to other control centers during the implementation of selected automation task in
remains unaffected. Bay and telecontrol blocking have an effect accordance with the automation standard IEC 61131-3, and
in signaling and command direction. provides finished applications from automation practice as an
Channel-specific switching authority permits distinction enhancement of SICAM PAS.
between local control (SICAM SCC) and remote control as well 2.1
as between network control center connections to be made for Redundancy
the control direction. SICAM PAS contains large redundancy functions to increase the
In addition, you can declare information-specific exceptions for availability of station automation:
these 3 functions. This permits, for example, certain messages • The substation controller can be used twice.
to be transferred despite an activated blocking, or special
commands to be processed and issued despite a defined
• Communication to bay units and RTUs can be redundant
(interface redundancy).
switching authority.
There is also an option for an object-specific blocking (individual
• The network (LAN) can be redundant (PRP).
indication or measured values). Blocked data points (bay • Subordinate devices can be duplicated (redundancy at bay-
blocking, object-specific blocking) or those with an invalid status control level).
can also be updated with a substitute value by the operator so • Subdevices can be supported that have been designed for
that all other recipients (control centers, automation) receive communication with only one master (only one serial inter-
the correct state. face, for example).
While a 1-of-N check is effective in the individual bay units (this The individual applications (communication protocols) work
means that only one command is accepted and issued at the independently of each other in a hot standby relationship. This
same time), an m-out-of-n control is supported with SICAM PAS means that a fault-related switchover (such as switching the IEC
on the substation-automation technology side. This permits the 61850 Client from one substation controller to another one)
number of commands that may be processed simultaneously does not have any loading effect on the communication connec-
across the bay units to be defined. Synchronized/unsynchron- tion to the control center. This connection remains without
ized control of circuit breaker is possible. interruption on the first substation controller. In addition to
Triggered by an event, the SICAM PAS option Post Disturbance increased stability in unaffected communication connections,
Review (PDR) records the status changes of messages and redundancy switchover of affected components is performed
measured values over a period of up to 6 min. The trigger event, within a very short time (depending on application and configu-
the length of the time frame (including 1 min pre-trigger time) ration, between 250 ms and max. 3 s). Adjustments during
and the information objects to be recorded can be parameter- operation, such as bay and telecontrol blocking, switching
ized. The resulting disturbance data file is archived. Graphical authorities, marker commands to the SoftPLC for an operation-
and tabular evaluation is possible in the Incident Explorer of the related control of the automation functions are kept synchro-
SICAM PQ Analyzer. nous in redundancy operation in both substation controllers.
The current settings remain valid after redundancy switchover.
Automation tasks can be configured in SICAM PAS with the SICAM SCC communicates simultaneously with both redundant
IEC 61131-compliant CFC (Continuous Function Chart). In this substation controllers. Redundant operation of process visualiza-
Editor, the task is resolved graphically by circuiting function tion with SICAM SCC and of fault recording archiving with
blocks. The SICAM PAS scope of delivery includes a large library SICAM PQ Analyzer (independent of SICAM PAS) is also possible.
of CFC function blocks that have been developed and system-
tested specifically for power automation. The field of application SICAM PAS Compact
stretches from group-indication generation via switchgear inter-
locking up to complex switching sequences. The SFC (Sequential The SICAM PAS package contains the functionality of the
Function Chart) Editor supports the creation of switching Runtime & Configuration base package. It is available with
sequences. In this context, additional preconfigured and system- different functional scope (variants A, B and C). SICAM PAS can
tested applications, such as frequency-based load shedding, later be enhanced with function packages.
transformer monitoring, and SF6 gas monitor can optionally be
licensed. In addition to special function blocks and CFC Multilanguage Manager Tool
diagrams, the scope of delivery also includes operation images The Multilanguage Manager Tool can be used to translate the
for SICAM SCC. SICAM PAS/PQS user interface and the language of the runtime
If the SICAM PAS station is to take over the time synchroniza- system. The repository with the translated text is integrated into
tion of bay units, substations and SICAM SCC, this can be done the installed product.

SICAM PAS – Additional Functions
The Multilanguage Manager Tool is installed together with – Recommended: Quad Core CPU 3 GHz
SICAM PAS/PQS and/or SICAM PQ Analyzer. It does not require a
licensed version of SICAM PAS/PQS. A project can only be
• Primary storage capacity:
– Minimum: 2 GB
created to check the translation when SICAM PAS/PQS is
installed as a demo version or as a licensed version. – Recommended for engineering of large stations: ≥ 8 GB
• Hard disk capacity:
Security – Minimum: 4 GB plus configured archive size
SICAM PAS Secure Communication enables tap-proof data • Graphics card:
traffic via a TCP/IP connection between SICAM PAS and a control – Minimum: 1024 x 768 pixel
center or device. The asymmetrical TLS-based encryption
– Recommended: 1920 x 1080 pixel
method is used for this purpose.
2.1 In addition, an authentication procedure can be set up for DNP3i
• Monitor suitable for graphics card
protocol in order to clearly determine the user's identity before • DVD drive
executing critical tasks. • Keyboard
Secure communication is possible with the following communi- • Mouse
cation protocols:
• Network interface
• DNP3i Master/Slave • USB port for dongle
Both TLS conform to the IEC 62351-5 standard and authenti-
cation can be set up. SICAM PAS/PQS is released for computers with multi-core
DNP3 Slave Secure Authentication conforms to Secure processors. Computers with multi-processor main boards are
Authentication SAv5 based on IEEE Std 1815-2012. supported when working in single-processor mode.
• IEC 60870-5-104 Master/Slave

TLS conform to the IEC 62351-5 standard can be set up.
• IEC 61850 Client/Server
TLS conform to the IEC 62351-4 standard can be set up.
Via the SICAM PAS User Administration, you can assign pass-
words in order to define which persons can access individual
programs conform to the IEC 62351-8 standard. To this end, you
assign different user roles, such as administrator, data engineer
or operating personnel. For access authorization, you can either
use Windows access rights or define your own SICAM PAS access
rights.
Security related logs, for example, user login/logout, start/stop
of system components, modifications in the archive (import
records, import PQDIF, delete records, delete reports, add or edit
traffic lights), are displayed in the Windows Event Viewer in
the PASSecurity and PQ Analyzer Security folders.
Use syslog conform to the IEC 62351-14 standard to collect the
security related logs of the applications within a system on a
syslog server.
When installing SICAM PAS for the first time, Windows user
groups are added to provide a role-based access control for the
archive (RBAC conform to the IEC 62351-8 standard) to perform
various operations for the archive data.
Software and Hardware Requirements

One of the following operating systems is required:
• Windows 10 Professional/Enterprise/IoT Enterprise LTSC (64-
bit)
• Windows Server 2019 Standard with Desktop Experience (64-
bit)
Computer equipped with:

• Processor:
– Minimum: Intel Core 2 Duo 1.6 GHz

SICAM PAS – Ordering and Selection Data
Selection and Ordering Data
Description Versions Order no.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Basic packages Version 8 □ □ □ 9 0 □ 0 - □ □ A □ 0 - 8 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
MFLB number position 8 defines the license type for basic, compact, and bundle MLFB
│││ │ ││ │
numbers.
Dongle │││ │ 1 │ │
Software license │││ │ 2 │ │
Runtime & Configuration (R&C) │││ │ │ │
Full Server (up to 15 devices or up to 6 M D 0 M 0 2.1
2000 master information objects)
Full Server (runtime up to 180 devices; config- 6 M D 0 A 0
uration more than 15 devices/more than 2000
master information objects)
Runtime │││ │ │ │
Full Server (up to 4 devices) 7 K E 0 R 1
Full Server (up to 15 devices or up to 2000 6 M D 0 M 1
Full Server (up to 180 devices) 6 M D 0 A 1
Configuration │││ │ │ │
Configuration (up to 15 devices or up to 2000
6 M D 0 M 2
Configuration (more than 15 devices or more
6 M D 0 A 2
than 2000 master information objects)
Device Interface Processor (DIP) │││ │ │ │
Runtime & configuration 6 M D 1 A 0
Runtime 6 M D 1 A 1
SICAM PAS Compact (basic package including some options) 6 M D 9 0 2 0 - □ M A 0 0 - 8 □ A 0
Supports up to 2000 master information objects ▲
Runtime & Configuration (Medium), SoftPLC (automation), IEC 61850 Client, IEC 60870-5-103
Master, DNP3 Master, Modbus Master
Or an additional license with variant A
PROFIBIUS DP, IEC 60870-5-104 Slave, DNP3 A
Slave, Modbus Slave, Telegyr 8979 Slave
Or an additional license with variant B
B
IEC 60870-5-104 slave
Or an additional license with variant C
C
DNP3 Slave
Continued on next page
Table 2.1/1 SICAM PAS Selection and Ordering Data


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Functional upgrades with respect to the supported number of devices 6 M D 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ A □ □ - 8 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Full Server - runtime (up to 15 devices or up to Prerequisite:
2000 master information objects) 4 R 1 0
7KE9000-1RA10-8AA0
Full Server - runtime (up to 180 devices) Prerequisite:
4 M 1 0
6MD9000-1MA10-8AA0
Full Server - runtime up to 180 devices, config- Prerequisite:
uration of more than 15 devices or up to 2000 4 M 0 0
6MD9000-1MA00-8AA0
master information objects
2.1
Configuration (more than 15 devices or up to Prerequisite:
2000 master information objects) 4 M 2 0
6MD9000-1MA20-8AA0
Full Server - runtime (more than 180 devices) Prerequisite:
6MD9000-1AA10-8AA0 or 4 A 1 0
6MD9000-1AA00-8AA0
Functional upgrades - from ”Runtime” to ”Runtime & configuration” │ │ │ │
Upgrade ≤15 (runtime already available) Prerequisite:
4 A 2 4
6MD9000-1MA10-8AA0
Upgrade >15 (Runtime already available) Prerequisite:
4 A 2 3
6MD9000-1AA10-8AA0
Version upgrade │ │ │ │
Version upgrade from SICAM PAS V5.11 and 3 A 0 0
later (the first order must be referenced in the
order)


Options & add-ons 6 M D 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ □ □ □ - 8 □ A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Applications (Power Automation) │ │ │ │ │ │
Automation 0 B A 5 0 A
PDR recorder (Post Disturbance Review) 0 B A 7 0 A
Add-ons (Power Automation) │ │ │ │ │ │
SICAM PAS applications (load shedding, gas
0 P A 0 1 A
monitoring, transformer monitoring)
Master protocols (field devices, RTUs) │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 61850 client (monitoring direction) 0 C E 0 0 M
2.1
IEC 61850 client 0 C E 0 0 A
IEC 61850 GOOSE status monitoring 3 0 C E 0 1 A
IEC 60870-5-101 master 0 C D 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-103 master (monitoring direc-
0 C B 0 0 M
tion)
IEC 60870-5-103 master 0 C B 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-104 master 0 C D 0 4 A
DNP3 master (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C B 0 7 A
Modbus master (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C B 0 5 A
Driver module for PROFIBUS DP 0 C B 0 1 A
PROFINET IO master 0 C B 0 8 A
SINAUT LSA - ILSA 0 C B 0 3 A
OPC Client 0 B A 4 0 A
Slave protocols to connect to control centers │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 60870-5-101 slave 0 C C 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-104 slave 0 C C 0 4 A
DNP3 slave (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C C 0 7 A
Modbus slave (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C C 0 5 A
IEC 61850 server 0 C F 0 0 A
IEC 61850 Publisher 4
CDT slave (serial) 0 C C 0 8 A
Telegyr 8979 slave (serial) 0 C C 1 0 A
OPC XML-DA server 0 C A 4 1 A
Secure communication │ │ │ │ │ │
For the TCP/IP-based communication protocols
0 S C 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3, and IEC 61850
Functional upgrades for communication applications that only support the monitoring direc-
│ │ │ │ │ │
tion
IEC 60870-5-103 master (additionally supports
4 C B 0 0 A
command direction) 5
IEC 61850 client (additionally supports
4 C E 0 0 A
command direction) 6
3 Prerequisite: 6MD9000-0CE00-8AA0, 6MD9000-0CE00-8MA0, or 7KE9000-0CB11-8AA0

4 Prerequisite: 6MD9000-0CF00-8AA0, 6MD9000-0CE00-8AA0, 6MD9000-0CE00-8MA0, or 7KE9000-0CB11-8AA0
5 Prerequisite: 6MD9000-0CB00-8MA0
6 Prerequisite: 6MD9000-0CE00-8MA0


SICAM PAS can also be supplemented with SICAM PQS applications. 7 K E 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ □ □ □ - 8 A A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Power Quality applications │ │ │ │ │
Automatic COMTRADE import 0 B A 6 0
Automatic COMTRADE export 0 B A 6 1
Automatic PQDIF import 0 B A 6 2
Automatic PQ data (PQDIF, CSV) export 0 B A 6 3
Automatic report export 0 B A 6 4
Automatic fault location 0 B A 6 5
Automatic notification (e-mail, SMS) 0 B A 6 6
2.1
Automatic Grid Code evaluation 0 B A 6 7
Scheduled PQ reports 0 B A 6 8
Event list/fault records 0 B A 7 0

SICAM AK 3 – Description
Description
The innovative SICAM AK 3 automation component offers exten-
sive options for telecontrol, communications, and periphery
connection In addition to a high degree of functionality and flex-
ibility for the automation of energy supply systems and can thus
be used for a wide range of tasks.
With regard to communication, automation functionality, and
redundancy, the SICAM AK 3 is the most powerful device in the
SICAM RTU product range. Automation, telecontrol, and
communication tasks can easily be combined and are entirely
IEC 61850-compliant. SICAM AK 3 not only impresses with its
improved mechanical design, but also with considerable simpli-
fication of the hardware components while simultaneously
increasing performance. 2.2
A power supply with better performance (optionally redundant)

is as much a component of the consistent further development
as the integration of 2 network interfaces on the CPU boards
(can be extended to up to 4 interfaces). Additional connection [ph_SICAM AK 3 CM-2846_W3, 1, --_--]
points and patch plugs are no longer required. Figure 2.2/1 SICAM AK 3
All existing and proven SICAM AK system concepts and func-
tions, starting with redundancy, automatic data flow right up to • Ethernet interfaces integrated on the CP-2016 and CP-2019
SICAM safety and much more, also remain available with SICAM
AK 3 in the third AK generation.
• Higher availability with greater performance
• Continued use of peripheral modules
Like all products in the SICAM RTU system range, SICAM AK 3
can be parametrized with the object-oriented engineering soft- • Remote servicing via encrypted, end-to-end security
ware SICAM TOOL II. • Conforms to BDEW and NERC CIP
Dimensions (WxHxD) CM-2844: 295 mm x 296 mm x 280 mm Functions
Space required: 415 mm x 435 mm x 290 mm In the critical infrastructure area, automation devices are subject
CM-2846: 483 mm x 296 mm x 280 mm to strict requirements with respect to continuous further devel-
opments in cyber security. SICAM AK 3 was also further opti-
Space required: 603 mm x 435 mm x 290 mm
mized in this respect and equipped with new security features:
Protocols IEC 60870-5-101, -103, -104, IEC 61850,
PROFIBUS DP, SAT SSI, SAT PCMBA, Modbus, • User authentication on the device
DNP3, IEC 61107
• Encrypted end-to-end communication in case of remote serv-
Open- and closed-loop In each case, 512 kB for user program, approx. icing over the network via the SICAM TOOL II (preparation for
50 000 variables and signals, of which 2000 process communication)
control function
buffered, 250 buffered set point values
EMC IEC 60870-2, IEC 60255, IEC 60950, IEC 61000, • Security logbook, for transmission of safety-relevant events to
EN 50082, CISPR 22 etc. a central point via syslog
Temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C • Stress test with every firmware version in order to remain
available in an emergency during denial-of-service (DoS)
Benefits attacks.
• Flexible use as an automation, telecontrol and substation • Layer firewall application via 2 physical Ethernet ports for full
controller as well as a data node of widely distributed decoupling of networks
processes
Applications
• Integrable in any system due to a multitude of communica-
tion interfaces • Power generation, transportation, and distribution
• Time and cost savings due to simple engineering and easy • Industrial power systems
maintenance • Micro grids
• Unchanged engineering with the proven SICAM TOOLBOX II • Railway power supply
• Storage of parameters and firmware on SD card • Tunnel automation
• Module replacement without engineering tool • Oil and gas pipelines
• Optimized rack
With SICAM AK 3, the widest variety of media for local and
• Power supply (120 W), optionally redundant remote communication can be used (for example wired connec-
• Powerful master CPU (CP-2016) and C-CPU (CP-2019)

tions, optical fibers, radio transmission, dial-up communication, Each printed circuit board assembly and each module on which
GSM, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), WAN, LAN, Fieldbus). firmware can run, forms a system element together with the
firmware that specifies the functional characteristics.
With simple assembly of serial interface modules, a total of up to
68 communication interfaces are possible in a SICAM AK 3, Adaptation to the specific requirements of the application is
wherein a separate different protocol can be used for each inter- attained by the individual assembly and by loading standard
face. firmware and parameters. Within their defined limits, the
parameters thereby not only influence the behavior of the firm-
Protocols in accordance with IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104 and
ware functions, but also that of the hardware functions. In this
IEC 61850 are used for communication. The consistent use of
way, for all module types, all mechanical parameterization is
this standard guarantees consistent addressing of the data from
eliminated, for example the changing of jumpers or burdens,
start to finish.
enabling not only online modification, but also consistent docu-
In addition, the widest variety of third-party protocols are avail- mentation of the set parameters by the SICAM TOOLBOX II as
able. This allows seamless integration into existing automation well as simplified stock warehousing.
networks guaranteeing longer-term protection of previous
2.2
investments. Due to the modular architecture, SICAM AK 3 can be used in a
wide variety of applications:
The basis for this automation concept is a modular, open, and
hence technology-independent system architecture for • Front end, gateway
processing, communication, and periphery (multi-processor • Control technology applications, automation applications
system, firmware).
• Substation controller
In case of further developments, standardized interfaces • Sub-nodes
between the individual elements also allow the latest tech-
nology to be used without needing to change the existing • Telecontrol substation
elements. In this way, long product service life and hence
investment security and continuity can be guaranteed.
[dw_application_station-config, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.2/2 Application Example: Station Automation

Fundamentally, all functionalities required for this are available. Dimensional Drawings
The actual application is easily defined via the corresponding
assembly and parameterization.
Due to the large number of interfaces (up to 68) and the widest
variety of available protocols, SICAM AK 3 is optimally suited to
use as a front end for a process control system.
All telecontrol substations are coupled to SICAM AK 3 – inde-
pendent of manufacturer and protocol. Signal preparation and
adaptation for the respective control system take place in the
front end. From the perspective of the control system, it makes
no difference which protocol and which system behavior the
substation actually has.
2.2
Control and regulation-technology user programs are created
using CAEx plus in accordance with IEC 61131-3, a standard that
is recognized and has established itself on the market.
In SICAM AK 3, a system element with control function can be
inserted in every slot. SICAM AK 3 is thus, and for reasons of the
modular structure, suitable for many applications: from smaller
automation applications right up to complex control-technology
applications. Naturally, all applications can also be combined.
The functionality of a substation controller can simply be seen

as a combination of the functionality of a front end (interfacing
of various bay units, protection devices, processing of data for
power systems control) and the functionality of control-tech-
nology applications (control and regulation-technology user
programs), and is hence ideally suited to this application. In
addition, telecontrol periphery could also be included in the
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2844_Abmessungen_Seite, 1, en_US]
substation controller so the telecontrol station and the substa-
tion controller could be combined in one device. Figure 2.2/3 CM-2844 and CM-2848 – Rear-Plate Layout
For telecontrol applications, a modular, diverse periphery is

available for coupling process data.
In particular due to the possibility of dropping SICAM TM -
periphery, SICAM AK 3 supports central and distributed periph-
eral elements. Flexible communication functions allow redun-
dant communication and communication via alternative paths.
Naturally, any control and regulation-technology user programs
can be implemented in SICAM AK 3 with CAEx plus. Thus, SICAM
AK 3 can be a remote terminal unit and an automation device in
one, simultaneously and to the same degree.
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2844_Abmessungen_Front, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/4 CM-2844 – Rear-Plate Layout

SICAM AK 3 – Dimensioned Drawings
2.2
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2848_Abmessungen_Front, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/5 CM-2848 – Rear-Plate Layout [AK_3_BGTR_CM-2843_Abmessungen_Front, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/7 Cm-2843 – 19-Inch (Pivot) Frame Installation
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2843_Abmessungen_Seite, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/6 Cm-2843 – 19-Inch (Pivot) Frame Installation

SICAM AK 3 – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM AK 3: Automation, communication, telecontrol 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Rack │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-2844 SICAM AK 3 rack for 9 slots 1 1 3 0 C J 4 4 0 A A 0
CM-2846 SICAM AK 3 rack for 17 slots 1 1 3 0 C J 4 6 0 A A 0
CM-2843 SICAM AK 3 extension rack for 16 1 1 3 0 C J 4 3 0 A A 0
slots
CM-2847 SICAM AK 3 migration rack for 17 1 1 3 0 C J 4 7 0 A A 0
slots
CM-2848 SICAM AK 3 rack for 17 slots, Red. M- 1 1 3 0 C J 4 8 0 A A 0 2.2
CPU
Power supply │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-2630 power supply DC 24 V to 60 V AK 3 1 1 3 0 C G 3 0 0 A A 0
PS-2632 power supply DC 110 V to 220 V, 1 1 3 0 C G 3 2 0 A A 0
AC 230 V AK 3
Master control element │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CP-2016 central processing unit 0 1 3 0 C A 1 6 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2016 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 0 0 A A 0
Flash card, 2 GB 2 1 3 1 G A 0 5 0 A A 0
Peripheral elements │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Front panel, blank AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 6 0 A A 0
DI-2112 binary input 8 x 8, DC 24 V, 1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 2 0 A A 0
Front panel DI-2112 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 2 0 A A 0
DI-2113 binary input 8 x 8, DC 48/60 V,1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 3 0 A A 0
DI-2114 binary input 8 x 8, DC 110 V, 1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 4 0 A A 0
DI-2115 binary input 8 x 8, DC 220 V,1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 5 0 A A 0
DO-2201 binary output (transistor, 40 x 1, 0 1 1 0 C C 0 1 0 A A 0
DC 24 V to 60 V)
Front panel DO-2201 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 6 0 A A 0
DO-2210 secure command output DC 24 V to 0 1 1 0 C C 1 0 0 A A 0
48 V
DO-2211 secure command output DC 125 V 0 1 1 0 C C 1 1 0 A A 0
AI-2300 analog input/output (16 x ±20 mA 0 1 1 0 C D 0 0 0 A A 0
+4 x opt. ext.)
Front panel AI-2300 AK 3 3 1 3 2 C A 7 0 0 A A 0
AI-2302 analog input 16 x ±6 mA, 4 x opt. ext. 0 1 1 0 C D 0 2 0 A A 0
Front panel AI-2302 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 1 0 A A 0
Continued on next page │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Table 2.2/1 SICAM AK 3 Selection and Ordering Data


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Continued from previous page 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Submodules for AK peripheral elements │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0570 analog input (2 x ±20 mA, ±10 V) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 0 0 A A 0
SM-0571 analog input (2 x Pt100) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 1 0 A A 0
SM-0572 analog output (2 x ±20 mA, 0 1 1 0 A F 7 2 0 A A 0
±1/10 V)
SM-0574 counter input (2 x DC 24 V to 60 V) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 4 0 A A 0
SM-2506 measuring modem com. out 0 1 1 0 C F 0 6 0 A A 0
DC 24 V to 60 V
SM-2507 measuring modem com. out DC 125 0 1 1 0 C F 0 7 0 A A 0
2.2 V
CM-2890 periph. cable crimp 5 m 100-pole 3 1 3 1 C J 0 0 0 A A 1
Processing and communication element │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CP-2019 communication and processing 0 1 3 2 C A 1 0 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2019 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 1 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2019 FS AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 3 0 A A 0
CP-2017 communication/processing 0 1 3 0 C A 1 7 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2017 3 1 3 1 C A 0 3 0 A A 0
CM-2838 communication connection CP-2017 3 1 3 1 C J 3 8 0 A A 0
Protocol elements (hardware) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CPU │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-2551 serial interface processor 2 ser. 0 1 3 0 C F 5 1 0 A A 0
Interfaces
SM-2558 Ethernet interface 1x100TX,(+1SS) 0 1 3 0 C F 5 8 0 A A 0
SM-2557 Dual Network Interface Ethernet 2 x 0 1 3 0 C F 5 7 0 A A 0
100TX
Submodule for SM-2558 │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0551 serial interface processor 1SI 0 1 3 0 A F 5 1 0 A A 0
TM peripheral elements │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Power supply │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-6630 power supply DC 24 V to 60 V EMC+ 1 1 3 0 G G 3 0 0 A A 0
PS-6632 power supply DC 110 V to 220 V EMC 1 1 3 0 G G 3 2 0 A A 0
+
Peripheral connection │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PE-6410 peripheral connection for electrical 1 1 3 0 G E 1 0 0 A A 0
peripheral bus Ax 1703
PE-6411 peripheral connection for optical 1 1 3 0 G E 1 1 0 A A 0
peripheral bus
PE-6412 peripheral connection for Ax 1703 1 1 3 0 G E 1 2 0 A A 0
2 x optical peripheral bus
Continued on next page │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Continued from previous page 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Analog inputs │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
AI-6307 analog input 2 x 2 ±5 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 7 0 A A 0
AI-6308 analog input 2 x 2 ±1 mA/±2mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 8 0 A A 0
Speed and position measurement │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
TE-6420 speed measurement 2 x 2 DC 5/24 V/ 1 1 3 0 G E 2 0 0 A A 0
NAMUR
TE-6430 counter input 2 x DC 24 V to 60 V 1 1 3 0 G E 3 0 0 A A 0
TE-6450 position measurement 2 x 2 SSI/ 1 1 3 0 G E 5 0 0 A A 0
RS422
2.2
Accessories │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-0827 converter V28/optical 1 1 1 0 A J 2 7 0 A A 0
CM-0828 fiber-optic interface (TTL FO) 1 1 1 0 A J 2 8 0 A A 0
CM-0847 Fiber-optic interface (el. optical 1 1 3 0 A J 4 7 0 A A 0
fiber) AK 3
CM-6820 AK redundancy switch 1 1 3 0 G J 2 0 0 A A 0
CM-1820 TB connecting cables 0 1 1 0 B J 2 0 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-6630 power supply DC 24 V to 60 V 1 1 3 0 G G 3 0 0 A A 0
PS-6632 power supply DC 110 V to 220 V 1 1 3 0 G G 3 2 0 A A 0
Release tool for AK PCB assemblies 3 1 1 0 C B 0 5 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Flat spring screen/insulation plate, 4 units 3 0 1 0 C A 0 2 0 A A 0
each SICAM AK 3
INSULATION DI insulation plate double Euro- 3 0 1 0 C A 0 1 0 A A 0
card
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Flash card, 2 GB 2 1 3 1 G A 0 5 0 A A 0
TC2-068 cable CM-6820/CP-6010 2.5 m 3 1 3 0 C A 6 8 0 A A 0
Rear-panel mounting kit for CM-2846/43 SICAM AK 3 contains: 3 1 3 0 C H 0 2 0 A A 0
Rear-panel cover CM-2846 and cable strain
relief CM-2846

SICAM A8000 Series – Description
Description
The applications for the SICAM A8000 series extends from distri-
bution-system automation, via the connection of renewable
energies (wind, solar, hydro), right up to railway power supply
and industrial applications. Customer requirements like IT
security, scalability, flexible communication, space-saving
design, and suitability for rough environmental conditions have
been taken into account when designing the SICAM A8000.
With the new CP and expansion modules, the SICAM A8000
series with its modular components offers optimized solutions
for any performance requirement.
SICAM A8000 – Module Types
• Processor modules (up to 34 interfaces)
• Power supplies (DC 24 V to 60 V; DC 110 V to 220 V; AC
2.3 230 V)
• Communication expansion modules Ethernet or serial
• Interface modules for max. 16 expansion lines
• Binary inputs (DC 24 V; 48/60 V; 110 V; 220 V) [ph_SICAM A8000_5 devices, 1, --_--]
• Binary outputs (DC 24/48/60/110/220 V; AC 110/230 V) Figure 2.3/1 SICAM A8000 Devices
• Analog inputs (-20 mA/+20 mA; -10 V/+10 V; Pt 100)
• Analog outputs (-20 mA/+20 mA; -10 mA/+10 mA; -10 V/+10 • CP-8022: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485,
1 x RS232/RS485 (selectable), 1 x GPRS
V)
• Input current/voltage (1A/5 A; LoPo; 230 V) • CP-8050: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485, up
to 10 x Ethernet or 30 x serial with CI-modules
The universally applicable binary or analog input/output
modules can be plugged in any order and are suitable for the
• IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104, Modbus RTU/TCP
smallest spaces due to their module width of 30 mm. • IEC 61850 Ed1/Ed2 Client & Server incl. GOOSE
• DNP3 Master/Slave serial, TCP/IP
Benefits
• Further protocols on request
• Suitable for rough ambient conditions due to expanded Auxiliary Voltage
temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
• The increased EMC stability of up to 5 kV (IEC 60255) qualifies • DC 24 V to 60 V (12 W or 45 W)
the devices for direct use in switchgears • DC 110 V to 220 V (12 W or 45 W)
• Straightforward engineering with the integrated Web parame- • AC 230 V (45 W)
terization tool • Redundancy possible
• Fulfills high cyber security requirements thanks to the inte- Inputs/Outputs
grated crypto chip and IPSec encryption
• CP-8000: max. 116 I/Os with up to 6 expansion modules
• High investment security through use of international stand- • CP-8021, CP-8022: max. 128 I/Os with up to 8 expansion
ards such as IEC 61850, IEC 60870 5 101/103/104, etc.
modules
• The modular platform provides versatile application options • CP-8050: max. 2048 I/Os with up to 16 expansion lines,
and reduces inventory
8 expansion modules each
• Adaption to existing communication infrastructures with its Real-Time Clock
multitude of interfaces and the integrated GPRS module
• The integrated short-circuit indicator functionality allows the • +/- 2 pm, time synchronization via NTP, SNTP
use in network monitoring Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Time and cost savings thanks to easy installation and mainte- • IEC 60870-2-1, IEC 61010, IEC 60255-5, IEC 61000-4,
nance – plug and play EN 55022, CE marking
Device Characteristics Temperature Range
Communication Interfaces and Protocols • From -40 °C to +70 °C
• CP-8000: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
• CP-8021: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485

Housing Specification Example 2: Everything at a glance with the on-site compact

solution
• Plastic housing for DIN rail mounting
• Dimensions CP-8000: 128 mm x 124 mm x 123 mm (W/H/D) • Use in distribution-system automation
• Dimensions CP-8021/22/50, CI, PS, and expansion modules: • Optimized for use in MS switchgear
30 mm x 132 mm x 124 mm (W/H/D) • Power-flow control available
Special Features Example 3: Without display, dimensioned to be space-saving
with slim PCB assembly
• Integrated display and function keys at CP-8000
• Integrated Web server for configuration and diagnostics with • Network connection of solar and wind farms
CP-8000/21/22, Engineering via SICAM Device Manager or • Control and monitoring of power and gas distribution stations
SICAM TOOLBOX II for A8000 serie
• Simple gateway function
• Data storage via SD memory card (storage of parameters and
device firmware)
• Freely programmable user programs as per IEC 61131-3
2.3
• Device redundancy with CP-8050
• Future security standard:
– BDEW white paper conformity
– Integrated crypto chip
– IPSec encryption
– HTTPS protocol
– Firmware signature
– Security Logbook
Additional with CP-8050:
– Integrated software firewall
– Role-based access control
– Configurable system functions
– Hardware-based application layer firewall for IEC
60870-5-104
– Automated certificate handling via EST protocol
Fields of Application
The area of application for the SICAM A8000 series extends from
distribution-system automation, via the connection of renew-
able energies (wind, solar, hydro), right up to railway power
supply and industrial applications.
modules can be plugged in any order. With a module width of
30 mm, they are suitable for even the most minimal spatial
conditions and are scalable and extendable at any time in an
almost infinitely variable manner.
Example 1: High power and interfaces for complex tasks
• Automation tasks in power distribution and transmission,
microgrids
• Control and turbine control in hydropower plants
• Control and communication in railway power supply
• Redundant communication gateway for different networks
and protocols

SICAM A8000 Series – Fields of Application
SICAM A8000 with HSR, PRP – Ethernet Redundancy Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)
Protocols for Optimal Availability
PRP is a redundancy protocol to support seamless redundancy
In order to satisfy the requirements of important time-sensitive (= no reconfiguration times in case of a failure in one of the
applications, the latest High Availability Seamless Redundancy networks). The layer-2 redundancy process was developed for
(HSR) and Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) Ethernet redun- automation networks which require a high degree of availability
dancy systems have been developed in line with the latest IEC for continuous operational function.
62439-3 standard.
All data is transmitted simultaneously via 2 independent
The seamless PRP and HSR redundancy solutions are available networks (LAN A and LAN B) with the PRP structure.
for the entire Siemens SICAM A8000, SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC
Topology, performance, and latency can differ in the case of
Compact, SIPROTEC 5, and Reyrolle 7SR2x series.
both networks, however, the latencies must only differ up to a
High Availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR) certain upper limit. As shown in the figure, the 2 networks may
not be connected to one another.
HSR is a redundancy protocol for lossless, redundant transmis-
sion of data via Ethernet networks in ring topologies and offers The advantage of PRP compared to other protocols is that if a
redundancy without changeover times. communication is interrupted in a network, a seamless switch-
2.3 over takes place. Data losses are therefore avoided.
Every device in the network is connected via 2 Ethernet inter-
faces. The notifications are sent to both interfaces and therefore
transmitted in both directions in the ring simultaneously. 2 iden-
tical notifications arrive at the target (in a healthy state) within a
time frame. The 1st one is forwarded to the application whilst
the 2nd is discarded. The ring is monitored by cyclical HSR
management telegrams (cycle time of 2 seconds). An open ring
is signalized by a warning.
[dw_SICAM-A8000_config, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.3/3 PRP Structure
Configuration notes
[dw_SICAM-A8000_with_HSR_IEC61650-ring, 1, en_US]
• Dual Attached Nodes (DAN)
Figure 2.3/2 SICAM A8000 with HSR Devices which are connected to both networks. An interface is
available for every network connection.
Configuration notes • Single Attached Nodes (SAN)
• HSR can only be used with the CI-8520 Ethernet interface Devices which are connected to a single network via an inter-
module. face.
• Only one HSR ring is permitted per CI-8520 module. • Virtual Double Attached Nodes (VDAN)
VDANS are devices which only have one interface, but are
• The selection of the 2 interfaces for the HRS ring per CI-8520 connected to both networks via a redundancy box (RedBox).
module is arbitrary.
• HSR mode must be activated on the CI-8520 Ethernet inter- • PRP can only be used with the CI-8520 Ethernet interface
module
face in use.
Advantages
• A maximum of 512 MAC addresses are permitted per HSR
ring. • Maximum network reliability, seamless reconfiguration
• Process can be easily configured

• Minimal wiring effort due to the use of efficient ring struc-

tures
• Cost-efficient structures
• Easily expandable by integrating additional HSR rings
• Guaranteed interoperability, standardized in IEC 62439
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2 as well
as all other Ethernet protocols
2.3

RetroFit with SICAM A8000 – Ready for IP Technology and

Cyber Security through Replacing Parts
Fast and secure communication of telecontrol systems is the key
to secure, reliable electrical energy systems in today’s highly
complex electrical power systems.
SICAM A8000 offers the option of fully and “securely” enjoying
the advantages of new IP technology.
Also, the whole system has components from the SICAM MIC or
TM1703MIC series.
After replacing the master control and power-supply modules,
the available telecontrol systems for the latest SICAM A8000 CP
and PS modules, your plant is now ready for integration into the
IT network and is optimally secured against cyber attacks.
The free firmware updates means that in terms of cyber
2.3 security, it is of the high standard expected from Siemens. These
downloads are available in our SIOS portal.
Replacement of the SICAM EMIC (CP-6010) with the associated
power-supply module (PS-66xx) results in free space of 129 mm
on the DIN rail. You can use this to expand with a max. of 2 TM-
IO modules.
Advantages
• Cyber security requirements in line with BDEW Whitepaper,
NERC CIP, and IEC 62351 with support for RADIUS, Syslog,
IPSec, and TLS
• Cost-effective upgrading of your telecontrol stations and
adapting to the latest technology
• Continued use of available TM/IO modules, resulting in less
need for spare parts
• Quick retrofitting due to minimal intervention in existing
wiring
• Use of existing communication lines
• Power-supply modules for almost every auxiliary voltage
• Parameterization via SICAM TOOLBOX II, SICAM WEB, or
SICAM Device Manager
[ph_SICAM A8000 devices, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.3/4 SICAM A8000 Devices

SICAM A8000 + SIMATIC HMI – Compact, Flexible Telecontrol

and Automation System Which Can Be Combined with
SIMATIC HMI Panel
The area of application for the SICAM A8000 series extends from
distribution-system automation, via the connection of renew-
able energies (wind, solar, hydro), right up to railway power
supply and industrial applications. The fields of application
become considerably more varied in connection with the
SIMATIC HMI Panel
The SIMATIC HMI Panel offers a modern touch-panel solution on
WinCC and satisfies all requirements for HMI tasks even under
rough conditions. A unique feature is the project engineering
via SIMATIC WinCC in the TIA portal, with which the user can
benefit from previously unheard-of levels of engineering effi-
ciency.
[sc_SICAM A8000_LEDs, 1, --_--] 2.3
Examples of the visualization options include representation of
current status indications (inputs/outputs) of the coupled SICAM Figure 2.3/6 SICAM A8000 Modules with Visualized LEDs
A8000 modules in graphical format of “LEDs” or switching
objects on the one hand, and the logging of information in
event and alarm lists on the other hand.
[sc_SICAM A8000_Event List, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.3/7 Event List
[dw_SIMATIC-HMI-panel_and_SICAM-A8000, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.3/5 Connection of SIMATIC HMI to a SICAM A8000
Advantages
• Scalable from 4” to 22”, with touchscreen
• High end performance for demanding HMI applications even
in case of limited space
• High screen resolution, performance, and functionality
• RTU and panel are also designed for more demanding oper-
ating conditions
• WinCC project engineering in the new TIA portal environment

SICAM A8000 Series – Module Combinations
Module Combinations • Binary output relay DO-8212:

8 Binary outputs (DC 24/48/60/110/220 V; AC 110/230 V)
The SICAM A8000 series is a module combination of power
supply, processor, and extensions and is used for different tasks • Analog input modules AI-8310/20:
such as control, telecontrol, automation, and communication. 4 analog inputs (±20 mA/±10 V)
The SICAM A8000 CP-8000 compact device combines power
• Analog input modules AI-8510/11:
supply, display with function key, as well as binary inputs and 3 inputs, current/voltage (LoPo, 230 V)
outputs.
• LED module CM-8830:
Module Types 128 LEDs for local process visualization
• Master module CP-8050: • Current-transformer adaptor CM-8820:
(Bus connector plug CM-8813 is included; without SD card) 3 inputs, current, 1A/5A (parameterizable)
• Processor modules CP-8021/22/50 • Analog output module AO-8380:
• Power-supply modules PS-8620/22/40/42: 4 analog outputs, ± 20 mA/± 10 V
DC 24 V to 60 V; DC 110 V to DC 220 V; 7 W, 12 W, 45 W • I/O interface module CI-8530/32:
2.3
• Ethernet communication modules CI-8520/21: DC 24 to 60 V, DC 110 V to 220 V
5 Ethernet interfaces • I/O Remote Module CI-8530/32:
• Serial communication module CI-8551: DC 24 to 60 V, DC 110 V to 220 V; 1.5 W
5 serial interfaces Module dimensions (L x W x H) 124 mm x 30 mm x 132 mm
• Binary input modules DI-8110/11/12/13: (dimensions without DIN rail)
16 binary inputs (DC 24 V; DC 48/60 V; DC 110 V; DC 220 V)
Compact device CP-8000

Dimensions (W x H x D) 132 mm x 30 mm x 142 mm
Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
Input voltage DC 18 to 78 V incl. tolerance
Interfaces 2 x Ethernet LAN
1 x RS232
1 x RS485 (galvanically separated)
Storage SD card up to 2 GB
Max. number of data points 400 000
Special cases Integrated power supply
12 DI, 8 DO integrated
Max. 116 I/O (max. 6 expansion modules)
4 function keys and display
Table 2.3/1 Compact Device

Processor module CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050

Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
Interfaces 3 x RJ45 3 x RJ45 2 x Ethernet
(2 x Ethernet/1 x RS232) (2 x Ethernet/1 x RS232) 1 x RS485 (serial)
1 x RS485 1 x RS232/RS485 can be 1 x RS232 (serial)
selected
30 x serial (modular)
1 x RS485
10 x Ethernet (modular)
1 x GPRS
Storage SD up to 2 GB SD up to 4 GB
Data points 20 000 400 000
2.3
Distributed archive Available
Device redundancy – – yes7
Automation function (CFC/PLC, IEC 61131-3) 1 x 128 kB 1 x 128 kB 5 x 3 MB7
Table 2.3/2 Processor Modules
Power-supply modules PS-8620 PS-8622 PS-8640 PS-8642

Input voltages DC 24 V to 60 V, 12 W DC 110 V to 220 V, 12 W DC 24 to 60 V, 45 W DC110 to 220 V, 45 W
AC 100 to 240 V, 45 W
Output voltage 1 DC 5.15 V ± 2 % static, ± 3 % dynamic DC 5.15 V ± 2 % static, ± 3 % dynamic
Output current 1 0 A to 1.8 A 0 A to 2 A
Output voltage 2 DC 28.0 V ± 10 % static, ± 3 % dynamic DC 28.0 V ± 0 % static, ± 3 % dynamic8
Output current 2 0 A to 0.43 A 0 A to 1.79 A
Output voltage 3 – – DC 24 V + 0 %/ -15 %
Output current 3 – – 0.42 A
Table 2.3/3 Power-Supply Modules
7 being prepared
8 for the generation of auxiliary voltage for specific transmission devices

Communication modules CI-8520 CI-8551

Communication redundancy functionalities HSR, PRP, RSTP Tri-state mode on serial ports
Interface 5 Ethernet/LAN interfaces 2 x serial RS232
1 x serial RS485/422
2 x serial RS232/485/422
Max. number of expansion modules 2 6
Table 2.3/4 Communication Modules
2.3
Binary input modules DI-8110 DI-8111 DI-8112 DI-8113

Inputs 16 binary inputs
2 groups each with 8 inputs
Rated voltage DC 24 V DC 48 V/60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V
Max. operating voltage DC 31.2 V DC 78 V DC 143 V DC 253 V
Current consumption < 5 mA < 3 mA < 1.5 mA < 1 mA
Table 2.3/5 Binary Input Modules
Binary output module DO-8212

Outputs 8 relay outputs (4 groups of 2)
Galvanic separation
Rated voltage DC 24 V to 220 V/AC 230 V
Max. continuous current Standard wiring
• 8 outputs, in each case max. 3 A (5 A/1 minute)

Wiring with derating at 5 A
• 2 outputs, each with max. 5 A

or

• 4 outputs, each with max. 0 A (relay must not be activated)
Switching power Direct voltage Min. 50 mW at DC 5 V
Alternating voltage Max. 1250 VA; 5 A/AC 250 V, resistive load
Max. 500 VA; 2 A/AC 250 V, cos φ = 0.4
Power supply Operating voltage DC 4.75 to 5.5 V
Power consumption 800 mW
Table 2.3/6 Binary Output Module

Analog Output Module AO-8380

4 analog outputs All outputs galvanically separated
Current output Max. ± 20 mA at max. 500 Ω load
Max. ± 10 mA at max. 1 kΩ load
Voltage output Max. ± 10 V at min. 1 kΩ load
Resolution 0.025 % at ± 20 mA, ± 10 mA, ± 10 V
Accuracy 0.3 % at +25 °C
0.4 % at 0 °C to +50 °C
0.7 % at -20 °C to +70 °C
0.8 % at -40 °C to +70 °C 2.3
Power supply Operating voltage DC 4.75 V to 5.5 V. The voltage is taken from the system bus
Power consumption Max. 2200 mW
Table 2.3/7 Analog Output Module
Analog input modules AI-8310 AI-8320

4 analog inputs 2 groups, 2 inputs each 4 groups, each with 1 input
Galvanically separated Galvanically separated
Voltage between 2 inputs of a
group max. DC 600 mV
Measuring range 40 Ω to 400 Ω (Pt100, Ni100) Current measurement -20 mA to 0 mA to
+20 mA
400 Ω to 4000 Ω (Pt1000)
Voltage measurement -10 V to 0 V to +10 V
Overrange current ~20 %, voltage ~30 %
Resolution 10 mΩ (Pt100, Ni100) 0.004 % at ±20 mA
100 mΩ (Pt1000) 0.004 % at ±10 V
Noise rejection 16⅔ Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 50 dB (50 Hz, 60 Hz, 16⅔ Hz)
Accuracy 0.19 % 0 °C to +50 °C 0.15 % at 25 °C
0.4 % -40 °C to +70 °C
Reference current 250 μA 0.15 % at 25 °C
Power supply Operating voltage DC 4.75 V to 5.5 V DC 4.75 V to 5.5 V
Power consumption Max. 500 mW Max. 180 mW
Table 2.3/8 Analog Input Modules

Analog input modules AI-8510 AI-8511

Inputs for measuring currents Input voltage at IN AC 225 mV based on IEC 60044-8
Max. input voltage AC 2.25 V
Rated frequency 50 Hz, 60 Hz (Range between 45 Hz and 65 Hz)
Resolution 16 bit
Sampling 1 value/ms
Inputs for measuring voltages Input voltage VN AC 100 V/√3, AC 240 V, AC 415 V/ AC 3.25 V/√3 in accordance with
√3 in accordance with IEC 60044-7 IEC 60044-7
(parameterizable)
Max. measuring voltage 150 % VN (error condition)
2.3 Rated voltage 300 V
Resolution 16 bit
Sampling 1 value/ms
Internal consumption < 0.3 VA at VN = AC 240 V Internal resistance: 200 kΩ
< 0.02 VA at VN = AC 100 V/√3

Power supply Operating voltage DC 4.75 V to 5.5 V
Power consumption Max. 800 mW (typ. 625 mW)
Table 2.3/9 Analog Input Modules
LED module CM-8830

Power supply Operating voltage DC 4.75 V to 5.5 V
The voltage is picked off from the bus.
Power consumption 500 mW
Table 2.3/10 LED Module

Current -transformer adaptor module CM-8820

Inputs for measuring currents Rated current IN 1 A/5 A (parameterizable)
Max. measuring current 200 % IN
Internal consumption < 0.1 W at IN = 1 A
< 0.3 at IN = 5 A
Thermal rating 10 A continuously
100 A 1 s
Outputs for measuring currents Rated voltage 225 mV at IN = 1 A based on IEC 60044-8 1.125 V at IN = 5 A
Max. voltage 2.25 V at IN = 10 A 2.3
Table 2.3/11 Current-Transformer Adaptor Module
Expansion Modules CI-8530 CI-8532

Power supply DC 24 V to 60 V DC 110 V to 220 V
Operating voltage DC 18 to 78 V DC 82.5 to 286 V
Input current 0.6 / 0.3 / 0.25 A (DC 24/48/60 V) 0.13 / 0.07 A (DC 110/220 V)
Output rated voltage DC 5.15 V ± 2 % static, ± 3 % dynamic
Output rated current 0 A to 1.4 A
Output power 7W
Interfaces 2 x Ethernet
Special cases Up to 8 I/O modules
Ethernet-based I/O bus support
Ring, star, and daisy chain
Table 2.3/12 Expansion Modules

SICAM A8000 Series – Selection and Ordering Data
Description MLFB number

Compact devices
CP-8000 Compact device with display/incl. SD card 6MF2101-1AB10-0AA0
Communication interfaces 2 x Ethernet 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
Power supply DC 24 V to 60 V
Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
12 DI (DC 24 V to 600 V)/8 DO relay (AC/DC max. 250 V)
Coupling
CM-8811 Coupling TM I/O module for SICAM A8000 CP-8000 6MF2881-1AA00
Processor module
CP-8021 Processor module 6MF2802-1AA00
CP-8022 Processor module with GPRS 6MF2802-2AA00
2.3
CP-8050 Processor module 6MF2805-0AA00
Power supply modules
PS-8620 DC 24 V to 60 V (12 W) 6MF2862-0AA00
PS-8622 DC 110 V to 220 V (12 W) 6MF2862-2AA00
PS-8640 DC 24 V to 60 V (45 W) 6MF2864-0AA00
PS-8642 DC 110 V to 220 V, AC 230 V (45 V) 6MF2864-2AA00
Communication modules
CI-8520 Ethernet interface 6MF2852-0AA00
CI-8551 Communication interface serial
Binary input
DI-8110 2 x 8, DC 24 V, 1 ms 6MF2811-0AA00
DI-8111 2 x 8, DC 48 V to 60 V, 1 ms 6MF2811-1AA00
DI-8112 2 x 8, DC 110 V, 1 ms 6MF2811-2AA00
DI-8113 2 x 8, DC 220 V, 1 ms 6MF2811-3AA00
Binary output
DO-8212 Binary output relay 8 x DC 24 V to 220 V/AC 230 V 6MF2821-2AA00
Analog output
AO-8380 Analog input 4x, ±20 mA/±10 V 6MF2838-0AA00
Analog input
AI-8310 Pt100/Ni100 (2 groups, each with 2 AI) 6MF2831-0AA00
AI-8320 4 x +/-20mA, +/-10 V 6MF2832-0AA00
AI-8510 3 x V (AC 100/ √3 V, AC 230 V, AC 400/ √3 V), 3 x I (LoPo) 6MF2851-0AA00
AI-8511 3 x V (LoPo), 3 x I (LoPo) 6MF2851-1AA00
Current-transformer adaptor module
CM-8820 Current-transformer adaptor for AI-8510 3 x I 1A/5A, 225 mV 6MF2882-0AA00
LED module
CM-8830 SICAM I/O module LED unit 6MF2883-0AA00
SICAM I/O Remote Module
CI-8530 Ethernet expansion module for interfacing remote I/Os DC 24 V to 60 V 6MF2853-0AA00
CI-8532 Ethernet expansion module for interfacing remote I/Os DC 110 V to 220 V 6MF2853-2AA00
Table 2.3/13 SICAM A8000 Series Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM A8000 Series – Selection and Ordering Data
Description MLFB number

Licenses
CP-8050 Extended Processing 6MF2750-0EP00
CP-8050 IEC104 Firewall 6MF2750-0FW40
CP-8050 Redundancy 6MF2750-0RE00
Spare parts
CM-8812 bus connector plug SICAM I/O (this bus connector plug can be found in all SICAM I/O C53207-A5812-D481-3 9
modules)
Locking hook SICAM A8000 3-cm module C53207-A5014-D481-1 9
Table 2.3/14 SICAM A8000 Series Selection and Ordering Data
2.3
9 Minimum order quantity: 10 units

SICAM Safety – Description
Description
SICAM Safety is designed for safety-relevant automation of
power distribution in hydropower plants, as well as in oil and
gas areas. The goal of the safety technology is to minimize the
hazards of the system operation to people and the environment
without restricting production more than is necessary.
The safety requirements of Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC can
be found in the following standards:
EN ISO 13849 – safety of machinery
• Safety-related parts of controls
IEC 61508/62061 – safety of machinery
• Functional safety of safety-related electronic control systems
Benefits
SICAM Safety easily and comfortably incorporates safety func-
2.4 tions into the plant. In addition to automation tasks, the SICAM [ph_SICAM Safety, 1, --_--]
platform thus fulfills the necessary safety requirements.
Figure 2.4/1 SICAM Safety
SICAM platform extension
• The SICAM Safety application adds safe control and regulation You will reliably recognize:
functions to the existing SICAM hardware. The SICAM Safety
input/output modules are structured as terminal modules.
• Inadmissible operating states
This means they can be flexibly combined with SICAM • Shaft-rotating unbalance due to bearing damage
standard modules. • Temperature rise due to a winding short in the generator
SICAM TOOLBOX II extension • Guide rod failure in a Francis turbine
• Project engineering and implementation of safety-related When using SICAM Safety, process information is processed by
functions are carried out with the CAEx safety tool set.
the sensor via the control up to the actuators on 2 channels. All
SICAM Safety components fulfill all stipulations of the certified safety modules are structured internally with 2 channels. 2 inte-
safety integrity level (SIL). grated processors handle the firmware in parallel and detect
errors.
Functions
The decisive advantage: they also monitor each other. If a
Safety application on existing hardware failure occurs, the modules reliably switch to a safe state or
remain in such a state.
• Safety and standard applications run simultaneously
• Several CP-2019 processing and communication elements can Guaranteed response time: 100 ms between occurrence of a
be installed in one automation unit criterion and tripping.
• Several decentralized peripheral elements can be connected Proven solutions

to the SICAM AK 3. • A distinction is made between standard and safety-related
Use of SICAM Safety input/output modules automation tasks.
• Binary input and output for DC 24 V • Communication between a safety-related control and the
safety-related peripheral is carried out via the PROFIsafe
• Analog input for 4 mA to 20 mA protocol.
• Thanks to the terminal-module structure, a mixture of • Engineering in SICAM TOOLBOX II: Edit the safety parameters
standard and safety modules is possible – even as a retrofit
with OPM II; then verify and validate safety controls and
solution.
parameters with the CAEx safety toolset.
• The connection can take place in several multipoint lines –
optionally optical and/or electrical
Applications
In addition to the use in the oil and gas area, SICAM Safety is
primarily suited for the automation of hydropower plants. The
modules protect turbines and generators from mechanical over-
strain.

SICAM Safety – Description
SICAM Safety application distributed over several locations Use of SICAM Safety input/output modules
• The SICAM Safety application allows the connection of • Binary input and output for DC 24 V
sensors or data from different locations – for example, from
• Analog input for 4 mA to 20 mA
– Protection systems in large power plants
• Thanks to the terminal-module structure, a mixture of
– Feed pumps in pipelines standard and safety modules is possible – even as a retrofit
• Distribution of the SICAM Safety application to several SICAM solution.
AK 3 automation units. The partial applications communicate
• The connection can take place in several multipoint lines –
securely via a standard telecontrol connection with a standard optionally optical and/or electrical
protocol.
2.4
[dw_plant_configuration, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.4/2 SICAM Safety - System Configuration

SICAM Safety – Dimensioned Drawings
Dimensional Drawings
2.4
[IO_Modul_Dim_single_ Modwidth, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.4/3 I/O Module with Single Module Width
[IO_Modul_Dim_double_ Modwidth, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.4/4 I/O Module with Double Module Width

SICAM Safety – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM Safety 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
(SICAM AK 3) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DI-6170 binary input 2 x 4, DC 24 V (S) 1 1 3 0 G B 7 0 0 A A 0
DO-6270 binary output trans. 4 x, DC 24 V (S) 1 1 3 0 G C 7 0 0 A A 0
AI-6370 analog input 4 x, 4 mA to 20 mA (S) 1 1 3 0 G D 7 0 0 A A 0
Labeling strips CP-2017 SIL (S) 3 1 3 0 C A 6 6 0 A A 0
Table 2.4/1 SICAM Safety Selection and Ordering Data
2.4

SICAM Safety – Selection and Ordering Data
2.4

Operation, Observation and Diagnosis

The operation of electricity-supply systems is becoming more

and more dynamic. In order to prepare themselves for future
requirements, increasing the service lives of plant components
is central to power utilities. They also make the highest
demands of control, protection, and remote control.
Siemens is a pioneer in flexible and customized process visuali-
zation in power automation. Thanks to an extensive product
portfolio and many years’ experience, Siemens offers you inno-
vative solutions for all voltage levels and every substation. You
benefit from cost-effective investments and economic operation
– without needing to compromise on safety and reliability. Be
persuaded by our upgradeable concepts.
On the following pages, you will find information about:
• SICAM SCC
• SICAM PQ Analyzer (Incident Explorer)
• SICAM DISTO
[BBD, 1, --_--]
Figure 3/1 Operation, Observation, and Diagnosis

SICAM SCC – Description
Description
The process and visualization system SICAM SCC (SICAM Substa-
tion Control Center) is an important component of the power-
automation solutions. Independent of the utilized substation,
SICAM SCC can be used with both the power-automation system
SICAM PAS, as well as with the products of the SICAM RTU
range. SICAM SCC can communicate directly with bay and
protection devices that support the communication standard IEC
61850, and can be used for this as a cross-device HMI system.
SICAM SCC, based on SIMATIC WinCC, is scalable for individual
applications, and supports efficient engineering for the power-
automation solutions of power utilities and industry.
Configuration Options
Easily configurable HMI system for system control in power
automation:
• SICAM PAS
• SICAM A8000, AK 3
• Devices with communication standard IEC 61850 [SICAM SCC, 1, --_--]
• Scalable functionality from a stand-alone system up to redun- Figure 3.1/1 Process and Visualization System SICAM SCC
dant client/server systems, Internet access via Web Navigator
3.1
• Process visualization with topological coloring Added value logging
• Power-system management via SNMP In the message lists, the original time stamps are logged with
ms resolution as they occur in the devices. Each indication is
System Overview represented with a series of auxiliary information. On the one
Process visualization and control is an important component of hand, these provide information about the update status of the
power distribution and transmission plants. In the SICAM information against the background of a device or communica-
product range, this task is performed by SICAM SC, an HMI tion failure (up to date/not up to date) or an activated bay or
system that optimally fulfills the requirements of plant control telecontrol blocking. On the other hand, they provide informa-
and monitoring – regardless of the Siemens substation tech- tion about the cause of the status change (spontaneous,
nology used. SICAM SCC can be used with the power-automa- command) and, in the case of a command process, about the
tion system SICAM PAS, as well as with the products AK 3 and process source (local, site, remote). In addition to process indi-
A8000 series of the SICAM RTU range. cation, command indications are also logged. Thus, each
command process is documented completely and in detail, from
Common HMI for SICAM and SIMATIC issue of the command by the operational crew and the
As a base system SICAM SCC uses SIMATIC WinCC, one of the command output right up to feedback from the process after
world’s leading process visualization systems and supplements the change in status of the controlled switching device.
this with the necessary functions for utilization as station opera- Process visualization right up to topological coloring
tion of the electrical process in high and medium-voltage
systems. SIMATIC WinCC compatibility allows the use of SICAM IndustrialX controls are used for control and monitoring of the
SCC as an add-on together with SIMATIC WinCC on one switching devices in the fully graphic process diagrams (single-
computer. This enables an integrated system solution for the line diagrams). These switching device objects support 4
visualization and control of the industrial production process different representation forms (IEC, DIN, SINAUT LSA, SICAM) for
with SIMATIC automation devices (for example, S7) and the circuit breakers and disconnectors. Furthermore, the possibility
electrical energy process (for example, with SICAM PAS). exists to project-specifically create defined bitmaps to represent
the switching devices and to link them with the objects. in addi-
Functions for use with SICAM and IEC 61850 tion to target and spontaneous flashing, representation of
SICAM SCC is customized for use in the energy sector and diverse device and communication states (for example, up to
supports the operational crew in optimizing system manage- date/not up to date, bay and telecontrol blocking) is also
ment. SICAM SCC allows rapid entry and clear, uncluttered supported for meaningful visualization. Measured values and
representation of the operating statuses of the plant. The switching device states that can no longer be updated due to a
specific properties of the high-voltage and medium-voltage device or communication failure or applied bay blocking can be
switching devices in the control and monitoring direction updated from the operator console via SICAM SCC. The
(double commands and -indications) are optimally implemented switching devices can be controlled directly or with Select
in the message lists and the graphical representation of the before operate. The option of topological coloration exists for
process. representation of the process with single-line diagrams.

3.1
[dw_flexible station unit, 2, en_US]
Figure 3.1/2 Process Visualization with SICAM SCC
Substation automation technology functions in common

with SICAM PAS
Additional functions are supported when using with SICAM PAS:
If, for example, maintenance work or tests must be carried out
for the process area of a bay unit, and if any status changes are
not to be taken into consideration in the substation automation
technology processing of the SICAM PAS and not logged in HMI,
this can easily be activated via the bay blocking function. If the
status changes are to continue being processed within the
substation but the information transmission to superordinated
control centers is to be suppressed, this can be achieved by
means of the telecontrol blocking function.
[sc_process_visualization SCC, 1, --_--]
Normally, substations are controlled by the superordinated
Figure 3.1/3 Process Visualization with SICAM SCC
control centers, while switching commands are to be rejected by
the station’s internal HMI; the switching authority is assigned to
SIMATIC WinCC
the superordinated control center. Switching authority can be
obtained if control must be effected from the HMI for opera- SICAM SCC works on the SIMATIC WinCC platform
tional reasons. If the substation is connected to several control The WinCC basic software is the core component of a modular
centers, the switching authority can also be assigned channel- system via which you can compile a flexible, customized SCADA
specifically. Furthermore, different switching authorities can be solution via options and add-ons. The WinCC basic software
used for different voltage levels. alone already represents a powerful, universally applicable
Reduced engineering expenditure process visualization system that has all the features of sophisti-
cated HMI software.
The data exchange with the connected substation often
comprises several thousand indications, measured values and Runtime software
commands. The project engineering of this information is All HMI functions on board - this is how the runtime compo-
considerably simplified in SICAM SCC via wizards. The required nents of the basic software are available. Starting with user
description of process data is made available electronically by management that satisfies all requirements of Good Manufac-
the configuration tools (SICAM PAS UI – configuration, turing Practice (GMP), via a user interface with a multitude of
SICAM TOOLBOX II) of the substation automation technology configurable controls and functions right up to the powerful
and is easily imported by SCC wizards. Redundant data input is signaling and archiving system based on the integrated MS SQL
avoided. SCD files can be imported for directly connected IEC Server. Reporting and logging system as well as integrated
61850 devices.

systems control functions as well as integrated systems control hence also covers extended safety requirements in accordance
function round off the list. with FDA. SIMATIC Logon supports system-wide user manage-
ment and protects from unauthorized manipulation of data.
Configuring software
The engineering component WinCC CS has a range of editors
that leave nothing to be desired with respect to their efficiency
and user-friendliness. Libraries and wizards simplify and accel-
erate the creation of projects and considerably reduce the occur-
rence of defects. As software for the most complex HMI tasks, [sc_SIMATIC Logon, 1, --_--]
WinCC is also suitable for handling larger projects and bulk data.
Figure 3.1/4 SIMATIC Logon Service in WinCC Basic System from
Scalability Version 7.0 Onwards
The basic system is scalable in all respects via WinCC options.
Even the basic system is scalable with respect to the quantity User Interface
structure via a graduated licensing model, in doing so the With the WinCC standards, individually configured user inter-
selected quantity of process tags can be subsequently increased faces can be created for any application purpose. They make use
at any time. WinCC/server offers the option of establishing of a comprehensive selection of configurable standard objects.
WinCC as a client-server application. WinCC- redundancy makes With online language change, projects that are created in
this solution a highly-available system. With WinCC CAS, the multiple languages can be switched over online during runtime
process value archiving system is extended into an independent, at any time. Windows elements such as menus and toolbars can
high-performance archive server. WinCC/Web Navigator allows be integrated into the user interface of the runtime application.
operation and observation via the Web with almost identical With a maximum resolution of 10,000 x 10,000 pixels for the
functionality to a WinCC client, but with unbeatable flexibility. individual process diagrams, the convenient zoom factor proves
3.1
Virtualization to be of particular importance. The zoom factor can be smoothly
increased or decreased using a scrolling mouse. The panning
In addition to WinCC Clients, WinCC Server can be used under
function allows the overlay of a navigation cross in a zoomed
VMware ESXi and engineering stations under VMware worksta-
image. The representation of tiers and objects can be made
tion or VMware Player. In this way, complex client-server struc-
dependent on the current zoom factor by means of decluttering.
tures and also stand-alone systems can be configured with
Thus, it is, for example, possible to only overlay details above a
virtual environments.
specific zoom factor.
Openness
Message management system
SIMATIC WinCC has always stood for the greatest possible level
SIMATIC WinCC not only records process indications and local
of openness and integration capability because it consistently
events, it also stores them in circular archives and then makes
uses standard technologies and software tools. From the oper-
them available either filtered or sorted as required. Indications
ating systems and the utilized basic technologies right up to
can result by derivation from individual bits, as a result of an
communication mechanisms and the possibility of integrating
indication telegram directly from the automation system or as a
scripts, WinCC focuses on standards in all fields and dispenses
result of analog alarms in the case of limit violations. Individual
with proprietary solutions.
acknowledgment processes and views, a freely definable indica-
SIMATIC WinCC - basic functionality tion structure and also parameterizable archiving and logging of
Runtime components of WinCC basic software indications are other features. In WinCC alarm control, the
display can be individually adapted to the indications. Compre-
• Integrated user management hensive selection options, for example, via a user-specific filter
• User Interface matrix, guarantees the best overview. It is also possible to
display indications that have already been stored. The repre-
• Message management system sented indications can be exported or printed out as reports at
• Archiving system the press of a button. System-specific functions can be realized
• Reporting and logging system via freely configurable toolbar functions.
• Systems control functions (Basic Process Control) A search function is offered in the alarm editor of WinCC SP 1.
The filter options in the alarm system have been supplemented
Integrated user management
with process value blocks with equals and contains in the case
With WinCC User Administrator, the access rights of the users for of text values.
project engineering and runtime are assigned and controlled. At
any time, even during runtime, the administrator can create up
to 128 user groups each with up to 128 individual user settings
and assign them access rights to WinCC functions. In total, up to
999 different authorizations are possible. From WinCC version
7.0 onwards, SIMATIC Logon is a component of the WinCC basic
software. User management with SIMATIC Logon integrates into
the security system and user management of Windows and

[sc_WinCC_AlarmControl, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.1/5 Report Display via WinCC Alarm Control
Integrated statistic functions allow the harmonic test of hit lists

(average and summarized report and acknowledgment times).
[sc_Online TrendControl, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.1/7 Online TrendControl
Integrated statistic functions allow the harmonic testing of

minimum, maximum, average value, standard deviation and
integral calculation at the press of a button. Logarithmic repre-
[sc_WinCC_HitList, 1, --_--]
sentation of curve progressions is also possible. The process
Figure 3.1/6 Report Display with Report Hit List values displayed by selection can be printed out as a report at
the press of a button or exported in a CSV file. In addition,
3.1 Indications can also be automatically hidden (alarm hiding). system-specific functions can be realized via the freely-definable
Depending on the current station status (for example, opera- toolbar functions.
tion, cleaning, maintenance), less relevant indications can be
Reporting and logging system
hidden from display.
WinCC has an integrated log system, via which data from WinCC
Archiving system
or other applications can be brought to paper. In configurable
Historic values or value progressions are stored in process value layouts, WinCC prints data recorded in runtime relating to
archives. In addition to process values, WinCC also archives indi- different types of log, from reporting sequence and system
cations and user data. The archiving takes place in circular report and operation logs right up to user reports. The reports
archives in the integrated MS SQL server database with high can also be stored as a file and displayed via a preview on the
performance, that is, up to 10,000 measured values and 100 screen. WinCC logs can also contain data from the database and
indications per second. The memory requirement is very low third party data in CSV format as a table or curve.
due to effective, lossless compression. In the WinCC base
You can find further information in the current manual:Industry
system, 512 archive variables can already be configured. In the
Online Support
final extension, power packs allow extension to up to 120,000
variables. Central, optionally redundant long-term archiving can
be realized with a central archive server with the WinCC Central
Archive Server option.
In TrendControl (Figure 3.1/7) current values (online trends),
historic process values and set point values can be represented
in the same curve display. It is also possible to display measured
values that have already been stored. Here, individual scaling of
the time line and the range of values is possible (for example,
percentile standardization). The time and value lines of the indi-
vidual curves can be moved online by movement of the mouse.
This function can be used for, for example, batch comparisons.

SICAM SCC – Selection and Ordering Data

Take the following into account:
For SICAM SCC Version V9.0x, order numbers from 6MD5501-..…-0AA0 to 6MD5515-..…-0AA0 are delivered with SIMATIC WinCC V7.5.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Control and Monitoring, Runtime (RT) 6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 A P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
▲ ▲
Version 9.0x │ 0
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
65 536 data points 5
Control & monitoring, incl. analysis programs SICAM Valpro for measured and metered
values, runtime values (RT)
6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 B P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
▲
│ 3.1
128 data points 1

512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Version 9.0x
Control and monitoring, complete package runtime and configuration (RC) 6 M D 5 5 1 □ - 0 A P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
▲
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Control & monitoring, incl. analysis program SICAM Valpro for measured and metered 6 M D 5 5 1 □ - 0 B P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
values complete package, runtime and configuration (RC)
▲
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Operation and monitoring, RunTime(RT) Compact with limited functionality, incl. 6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 C P 0 0 - 0 A B 0
SIMATIC WinCC V7.5 restricted
▲
│
2048 data points 3
Table 3.1/1 SICAM SCC Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM SCC – Selection and Ordering Data

Take the following into account:
If you require another SIMATIC WinCC - version, please select one of the following ”Functional upgrade” - order numbers with which the SIMATIC WinCC is
not contained in the scope of delivery, and order SIMATIC WinCC (with the suitable, compatible version) separately!
(Continued from previous page) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Functional upgrade of SIMATIC WinCC to SICAM SCC 6 M D 5 5 □ 0 - 0 □ P 0 0 - 0 B A 0

▲ ▲
│ │
Runtime 0 A
Runtime (incl. Valpro) 0 B
Runtime and configuration 1 A
Runtime and configuration (incl. Valpro) 1 B
SICAM SCC options
SCD import for direct communication with IEC 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 E P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
61850
Import for communication with 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 F P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
IEC 60870-5-104
Network Manager 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 N P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
Topological coloring 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 T P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
SICAM Valpro SICAM Valpro for the evaluation of measured 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 0 D P 0 0 - 0 A A 0
and metered values
3.1
SICAM SCC version upgrade from V5.x, V6.x, V7.x and V8.0x to V9.0x 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 3 B P 0 □ - 0 B A 0
▲
│
Upgrade for SIMATIC WinCC is not included Version upgrade from V6.x,V7.x,V8.x to 0
V9.00, DVD,without topological coloring,
without licenses (upgrade for SIMATIC WinCC
not included)
Version upgrade from V5.x to V9.00, DVD, 1
with upgrade licenses (upgrade for SIMATIC
WinCC is not included)
Version upgrade from V6.x,V7.x,V8.x to 2
V9.00, DVD,with topological coloring,
without licenses (upgrade for SIMATIC WinCC
is not included)
Table 3.1/2 SICAM SCC - Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Description
The protection of power distribution substations is a crucial task Basic Principles for the Evaluation of Power Quality
in ensuring a reliable electricity supply. Customers expect
The power quality of an electric power grid is characterized by
maximum availability of electrical energy and current at a
2 main properties:
constantly high quality level. As a result, it becomes more and
more difficult in power system protection, for instance, to distin- • Grid stability
guish between critical load currents and short circuits with very Grid stability problems are recorded in the fault records of the
low fault currents. The requirements for the optimum use of PQ devices.
protection devices and for their parameterization are steadily • Voltage quality
increasing. An intensive evaluation of the existing secondary The SICAM PQS system evaluates the voltage and current
equipment information with regard to fault recorders is there- quality by comparing the measured data with the Grid Codes.
fore indispensable to ensure that the high reliability and availa-
Grid Codes define the limiting values of power quality criteria,
bility of electric transmission and distribution systems, which is
that is, which limits may never be exceeded, or which limiting
standard today will be maintained in the future.
values may be exceeded how often/how long. Grid Codes can be
Another point is that the increasing use of power electronics has based on power quality standards such as the EN 50160 (charac-
often a noticeable impact on voltage quality. The consequence teristics of voltage in public electrical power systems).
is an insufficient voltage quality leading to interruptions,
The PQ Index gives you a quick overview of the power quality of
production downtimes, and high consequential costs. Compli-
your grid. Grid problems can be recognized at a glance.
ance with the generally applicable power system quality criteria
specified in the European standard EN 50160 is therefore a
The SICAM PQ Analyzer is a tool for display of the data measured
must. The basis for this is the reliable detection and evaluation
by a PQ device and for their evaluation against the power quality
of all quality parameters, so that weaknesses and potential
criteria by SICAM PQS system.
sources of errors can be detected and eliminated.
What is Power Quality?

3.2
The purpose of power quality is to ensure a constant quality of
electrical energy as a product. It requires, as an integral compo-
nent of technical risk management, measuring devices and
applications are able to reliably measure, record and evaluate
[dw_sicam_pq_analyzer, 1, en_US]
the required data. Power quality is normally used in medium
voltage substations. Figure 3.2/1 SICAM PQ Analyzer
Only an optimum availability and quality of energy can safe-

Functions of SICAM PQS System
guard industrial production and its control. Moreover, power
generation and distribution companies are as a rule contrac- SICAM PQS system collects PQ data (such as measurements,
tually obliged to meet certain limits for values which are rele- fault records) from the connected PQ devices, creates a compre-
vant for power quality. The task of power quality is the moni- hensive power quality analysis based on these data, and saves
toring of these limits, the evaluation of limit violations, the the PQ data and the evaluations in a dedicated archive.
initiation of suitable countermeasures, as well as the creation of
long-term analyses and trends.
The European standards describing the voltage characteristics of
electricity supplied by public electrical power systems (EN
50160) and the testing and measurement techniques (IEC
61000-4-30) provide the regulatory framework for this.
The variables to be monitored include:
• Voltage dips and swell [dw_sicam_pq_analyzer_available-data, 1, en_US]
• Harmonic currents
Figure 3.2/2 Available Data
• Transients
• Voltage variations (flicker) Functions of the SICAM PQ Analyzer
• Frequency changes The SICAM PQ Analyzer connects to the archive of the SICAM
PAS/PQS system and displays the data in the archive. Depending
on the license, the SICAM PQ Analyzer provides a wide range of
tools for analyzing these data.
The SICAM PQ Analyzer can be installed on the same computer
as the SICAM PAS/PQS system, or on a separate computer in the
network.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Functions
The archived PQ measured data and grid faults are evaluated in • Report Browser
the different views of the SICAM PQ Analyzer.
The Report Browser gives an overview of the scheduled
• Incident Explorer reports, which are generated automatically at defined inter-
vals (daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly).
The Incident Explorer allows a time-related analysis and
provides a topological or configuration view of: • Grid Code Viewer
– Fault events The Grid Code Viewer displays the Grid Codes defined in
– Fault records SICAM PQS. The Grid Codes contain standardized or customer-
– Slow-scan records specific limiting values for evaluating the grid quality. The
PQ Index is determined on the basis of a comparison between
– Fault location reports
the measured values and the limiting values of a Grid Code.
– Transient records
– PQ Violation reports (is generated as soon as a PQ violation Fields of Application
against Grid Code happens)
Incident Explorer
– PDR records (Post Disturbance Review)
The topological structure of the archive data corresponds to the
– SIPROTEC fault records (high-resolution fault record gener-
structure that was defined when the SICAM PAS/PQS station was
ated from a 7KE85 device)
configured.
– SIPROTEC slow-scan records (slow-scan records generated
from a 7KE85 device) The Incident Explorer serves for the following tasks:
Furthermore, you can export individual fault records. You can • Reading the events (confirm)
reduce the amount of data and select a COMTRADE export
format. • Calling up the analysis programs
• Fault Event Viewer • Deleting the events from the archive summary
3.2 The Fault Event Viewer is used to visualize a fault event, all
• Manual fault location
the associated fault records, and all the related events for the Various filter functions are available for selection of events in
fault event. A graphical representation of the timeline and the power network
trigger information of all the associated fault records enables • Selecting the time range in the archive
a better fault event analysis.
• Filtering for events
• Event Viewer • Commenting events
The Event Viewer visualizes the information points that are
mapped in SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Configuration. The events are
mostly process events that provides an overview of the status
of the energy transmission or distribution system. The Event
Viewer, therefore, ensures a better system fault analysis.
• PQ Explorer
The PQ Explorer gives access to all PQ data stored in the
archive.
It provides a topological view of the measuring points of your
station.
The measured and calculated PQ data are evaluated by means
of PQ diagrams.
Furthermore, you can create reports of the analysis and
preview the reports.
• PQ Inspector
The PQ Inspector shows the grid condition over a selectable
[sc_PQ IncidentEx, 1, en_US]
time range based on the calculated PQ Index.
It selectively provides a status overview of measured value Figure 3.2/3 Incident Explorer
groups which can be arbitrarily combined, as well as user
guidance for the creation of PQ reports. PQ Inspector
The PQ Inspector provides the operator with a quick overview of
the plant's power quality based on the PQ index. The archived
data is analyzed via any selectable time ranges. Causes of devia-
tions in the measured values for the Grid Codes can thus be
detected immediately.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Functions
PQ Inspector is divided into 3 steps: Grid Code Viewer

• In Select time range, define the observation period and iden- The Grid Code Viewer displays the Grid Codes defined in SICAM
tify possible influencing factors for deviations of the power PQS. The Grid Codes include normalized or customer-specifically
quality. defined limiting values for evaluating the power quality. The PQ
Index is determined from a comparison of the measured values
• In Select diagrams, select the properties of a specific meas- with the limiting values of a Grid Code.
uring point, and define the diagrams in which you want to
show these data items. The Grid Code Viewer provides the overview required for a
supporting analysis:
• In Finalize report, complete your report.
Use the Select time range step to view the state of the power • Which Grid Codes are available?
quality of the system at a glance. You can set up individual • To which elements in the topology have the Grid Codes been
measuring point groups and feature groups so that you can assigned?
observe critical areas in a targeted manner.
• What features do the Grid Codes contain?
The step Select diagram allows the compilation of evaluation
diagrams with specific features for a report. The diagrams are
• What limits have been defined?
represented in a synchronized manner. Hence you can rapidly SICAM PQ Collector
identify connections in the event of fluctuations in power
quality. The SICAM PQ Collector collects the archive data of the indi-
vidual (source) archives in a central (collector) archive.
The step Finalize report allows reports to be prepared and Depending on the system configuration, the SICAM PQ Analyzer
commented upon. accesses the data of the (source) archives or (collector) archives
PQ Explorer for its archive evaluation.
PQ Explorer allows access to all PQ data stored in the archive. It In redundant archive systems, 2 SICAM PQ Collectors are
offers a topological view of the measuring points in your plant. connected. In the event of an interruption of the connection to 3.2
Measured and calculated PQ data is evaluated via PQ diagrams. (source) archives or after the failure of a SICAM PQ Collectors,
Furthermore, you can generate analysis reports and display this permits the archives to be matched, thus reaching an iden-
these in a preview. tical and complete contents of both (Collector) archives.
Report Browser Architecture
The Report Browser provides an overview of the scheduled • SICAM PAS/PQS with (source) archive and SICAM PQ Analyzer
reports that are created automatically at specified time intervals
(daily, weekly, monthly and yearly). You can view the reports
• System with
– SICAM PAS/PQS with (source) archive
with a viewer, print them and store them for future use.
– SICAM PQ Analyzer clients
• System with
– SICAM PAS/PQS
– Archive servers with (collector) archive
– SICAM PQ Analyzer clients
The number of components which can be used in a system
depends on the individual license.
(Source) archive
SICAM PAS/PQS collects the PQ measured data and fault records
from the connected devices and stores them in its local (source)
[sc_pqa_ReportBrowser, 5, en_US] archive. This archive data can be directly evaluated by one or
more SICAM PQ Analyzer.
Figure 3.2/4 Report Browser
(Collector) archive
In Report Browser, the reports are shown for the selected time In distributed systems with one or several SICAM PAS/PQS, the
range – separated into yearly reports, monthly reports, weekly data of the (source) archives is collected by the SICAM PQ
reports and daily reports. If you select the year time grid you Collector and stored in a central (Collector) archive on an
cannot open daily reports. However, you can view the status archive computer. This archive data is evaluated by one or more
and the time lapses for which infringement reports are avail- SICAM PQ Analyzer.
able. Scheduled reports are automatically generated by the
SICAM PQS system using the set up report templates. If you set
up report templates, among other things define the intervals in
which the reports are created, and the PQ devices for which the
reports are created. The colors of the reports show their status.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Software and Hardware Requirements
Software and Hardware Requirements

One of the following operating systems is required:
• Windows 10 Professional/Enterprise/IoT Enterprise LTSC (64-
bit)
• Windows Server 2019 Standard with Desktop Experience (64-
bit)
Computer equipped with:

• Processor:
– Minimum: Intel Core 2 Duo 1.6 GHz
– Recommended: Quad Core CPU 3 GHz
• Primary storage capacity:
– Minimum: 2 GB
– Recommended: 4 GB
• Hard disk capacity:
– Minimum: 4 GB
– (Collector) archive: > 100 GB
• Graphics card:
– Minimum: 1600 x 1200 pixel
– Recommended: 1920 x 1200 pixel
3.2 • Monitor suitable for graphics card
• DVD drive
• Keyboard
• Mouse
• Network interface
• USB port
SICAM PQ Analyzer is released for computers with multi-core
processors. Computers with multi-processor main boards are
supported when working in single-processor mode.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Incident Explorer for fault-record analysis 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 0 A A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including Fault Event Viewer for displaying fault events, and Event Viewer for displaying fault ▲ ▲ ▲
events
Version 3.1x 3 │ │
Use on the SICAM PAS/PQS Full Server A A
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of 1 Server/Full B A
Server
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of up to B B
5 Servers/Full Servers
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of more than B C
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of C A
1 Server/Full Server
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of up to C B
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of more C C
than 5 Servers/Full Servers
Notes:
• 2 redundant PAS/PQS Full Servers are counted as 1 Server. 3.2

• In addition to fault records, SIMEAS R and SIPROTEC 7KE85 deliver continuous average value reports that are managed in PQ Explorer.
=> the use of PQ Basic is recommended as a minimum for a complete evaluation of SIMEAS R and SIPROTEC 7KE85 data.
PQ Basic 7 K E 9 2 0 0 - 0 B A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including Incident Explorer for fault-record analysis and PQ Explorer ▲ ▲
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS option: Automatic Grid Code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA0
Server
Table 3.2/1 SICAM PQ Analyzer Selection and Ordering Data


Continued from previous page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PQ Standard 7 K E 9 2 0 0 - 0 C A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including PQ Basic, extended PQ Explorer and Report Browser ▲ ▲
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS options: Automatic Grid Code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA / Scheduled PQ reports <-> 7KE9000-0BA68-8AA0
Server
3.2


PQ Professional 7 K E 2 0 0 - 0 D A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including PQ Standard and PQ Inspector ▲ ▲
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS options: Automatic Grid Code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA0 / Scheduled PQ reports <-> 7KE9000-0BA68-8AA0
Server
Functional upgrades
Power Quality functions 7 K E 9 2 0 0 - 4 □ □ 0 0 - 3 A A 0
From Incident Explorer to PQ Basic B A
From PQ Basic to PQ Standard C B
From PQ Basic to PQ Professional D B 3.2
From PQ Standard to PQ Professional D C
Number of clients 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 4 A A 0 0 - 3 □ A 0
Up to 5 clients B
From ”up to 5 clients” to ”more than 5 clients” C
Number of Full Servers 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 4 A A 0 0 - 3 A □ 0
Up to 5 Full Servers B
From “up to 5 Full Servers” to “more than 5 C
Full Servers”
Version upgrade
Upgrade from SICAM Recpro V5.x to SICAM PQ 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 3 A A 0 0 - 3 A A 0
Analyzer (Incident Explorer)
Version upgrade SICAM PQ Analyzer 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 3 A A 0 1 - 3 A A 0
SICAM PQ Analyzer can be extended with SIGRA for

extended fault-record analysis (separate order)

SICAM DISTO – Description
Description example, protection tripping). This data can be represented

graphically on the screen and analyzed with the help of SIGRA or
The generation of fault records is an important function of
other software packages.
digital protection devices. Fault records support the precise anal-
ysis of critical events in the power system. For this task, it has For access to station communication, DISTO requires an
proven its worth for fault records to be retrieved via the station installed SICAM SCC and its integrated communication drivers.
communication of the protection devices and for these to be Remote access to the stored files can take place with the
stored on a hard disk the at station level. Serial communication standard tools of the operating system.
to digital protection devices was originally standardized in IEC
SICAM DISTO is available for the following system platforms:
60870-5-103. Currently, the new standard for communication
in power generation and power distribution plants (IEC 61850)
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2008
Windows Server 2012

has considerably extended and modernized the options for data
exchange with instrumentation and control devices.
Windows XP
Windows 7
Windows 8
SICAM DISTO (disturbance data storage) is a software package SICAM DISTO/OS
that detects new fault records in the connected devices, lists
these and stores them in preconfigured directories on the hard
disk of a PC. In order to support easy evaluation with different
software tools, DISTO uses the standardized COMTRADE-format Bit 32 32/64 32/64 32/64 32/64 32/64
91 and 99 in accordance with IEC 60255-24 for the files of the V3.00 ■ ■ ■
fault records. Files that have to be transmitted via IEC V3.02 ■ ■ ■ ■
60870-5-103 have to be converted by DISTO into COMTRADE. V3.03 ■ ■ ■ ■
With IEC 61850, the files arrive in the right format. Some protec-
tion devices transmit the COMTRADE files compressed in zip files
Table 3.3/1 Overview of Basic System - Windows
via IEC 61850. SICAM DISTO detects such files and unpacks
them into the correct directories. Basically, with IEC 61850,
Platform-dependent differences only exist with the system
SICAM DISTO expects the fault record transmissions via MMS.
requirements. In part, there are also visual differences between
The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) function variant is not
3.3 the different platforms; there are no functional differences. The
supported.
host system is used as an interface to the automation system,
When using IEC 60870-5-103, DISTO additionally creates an that is, all those interfaces that the respective host system offers
event list with all protection-relevant information such as fault to the automation system can also be used to transfer fault
record number and fault location, both with absolute and rela- record data.
tive real time (within one fault). The stored files contain the
Dependent on the utilized platform, there are various require-
temporal behavior of currents and voltages before, during and
ments that have to be fulfilled in order to commence the instal-
after a system incident, supplemented with digital events (for
lation of SICAM DISTO.

SICAM DISTO – Description
3.3
[dw_sicam-disto-application, 2, en_US]
Figure 3.3/1 SICAM DISTO, Example Configuration

SICAM DISTO VZ2-014-- 6 M F 1 8 2 7 – 0 C A 1 4 – 0 A A 1
SICAM DISTO UPDATE VZ2-026-- 6 M F 1 8 2 7 – 0 C A 2 6 – 0 A A 1
Table 3.3/2 SICAM DISTO Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM DISTO – Selection and Ordering Data
3.3

Software for Station Automation

SICAM PAS UI – Description
Description
SICAM PAS/PQS has been designed as a modular system with
open communication interfaces. It thus meets the requirements
of state-of-the-art substation control and protection systems and
of the power management systems required for industrial
manufacturing plants. Functions for power quality evaluation
complement its versatile fields of application.
The system component SICAM PAS UI – Configuration is
responsible for:
• Configuration and parameterization of your plant
• Exchange of configuration data
The clearly structured configuration interface provides you with
a comprehensive overview of your plant's parameters.
Individual user interface elements can be displayed in a user-
specific manner or hidden. For example, table columns which [sc_SICAMPAS_Configuration, 2, en_US]
are permanently required can be fixed in position in the indi- Figure 4.1/1 Configuration of SICAM PAS
vidual view; table columns which are not needed can simply be
hidden. The settings are also maintained after a restart of the SICAM PAS UI – Configuration structures the parameters in the
program. following views:
Import and export functions enable data exchange. In this way, • Configuration
expenditure and the tendency to commit errors during system
configuration and parameterization can be reduced. • Mapping
Due to the use of conversion routines, the project data of a
• Topology
SINAUT LSA plant or with older versions of SICAM PAS UI – • Templates
Configuration-generated data can continue to be used. In the views Reports and Grid codes, you can set the parame-
Predefined device templates, sorting and filter options, copy ters of specific power quality functions. You can find further
functions and the processing of parameters in Microsoft Excel information in the manuals SICAM PQS, SICAM Overview and
increase transparency and flexibility and hence make parameter- SICAM PQ Analyzer.
4.1
ization more user friendly. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation
Plant-specific automation functions are configured via a graph- With SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation, you can activate and deac-
ical interface. You can use both standard logic functions and tivate individual components, set a bay blocking or telecontrol
automation blocks specifically developed for the implementa- blocking and also update device information. In redundant
tion of your power automation tasks. systems, you can see which component is active. The compo-
Your parameter entries are immediately checked for plausibility. nents can be switched over with SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation,
such as the interface for the communication to devices or
Tooltips provide information on the permissible values or the network control centers.
range of values of a parameter. Explanations on the selected
parameter are provided in an information field. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client
The cause of a setting error is displayed in the error field. With SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client you can start and
stop all redundant connections independently of each other.
In addition, you are supported by a context-sensitive online SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client provides the functions of
help. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation from a local or remote computer
The configured and parameterized data does not have to be with improved performance via an Internet browser.
explicitly generated for the runtime environment. There are hints for possible causes for defect for the diagnosis of
You can create documentation for your project via the station pending failures.
documentation function. To do this, you can choose between Value Viewer
different selection criteria, for example, selection according to
individual views (Configuration, Mapping, Topology, etc.) or With intact communication connections, the Value Viewer
routed values only. Specific areas of a selected view can be shows the information of the selected device or the selected
printed out, for example, the routing of individual devices or of substation. This information view can be used, for example,
a control-center connection. during commissioning to test data connections and to check
whether an interface or a device transfers correct values. A
The project statistics give you an overview of the scope and use detailed time stamp shows the reliability of the values. For test
of the parameterized information. purposes, you can initiate password-protected command
outputs or update information.
You can find further information in the SICAM PAS/PQS, Config-
uration and Operation manual.

SICAM PAS UI – Description

You can find the selection and ordering data for SICAM PAS UI in
the chapter SICAM PAS – Selection and Ordering Data, Page 23.
4.1

SICAM TOOLBOX II – Description
Description
The SICAM TOOLBOX II supports all phases of plant engineering,
such as configuration, project engineering, diagnostics, testing,
documentation and maintenance during the entire plant life
cycle. Nowadays, keywords such as integration, networkability,
consistent data maintenance and non-redundant data input are
an absolute must-have requirement for engineering systems.
SICAM TOOLBOX II fulfills all of these requirements and makes
use of the latest technological methods to simplify plant engi-
neering. This allows highly-effective working throughout the
whole engineering process.
SICAM TOOLBOX II offers all functions for integrated and consis-
tent engineering of the entire plant, such as:
• data collection, data modeling, configuration and parameteri-
zation
• engineering of process information for automation and main- [ph_SICAM TOOLBOX II, 1, --_--]
tenance control
Figure 4.2/1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
• administration of systems from third party manufacturers and
their individual parameters
Functions for maintenance control systems
SICAM TOOLBOX II is an ideal tool for plants of any size.
• Engineering of process tags
Benefits • Redundancy-free data input, for example, reading out SICAM
RTU telegram addresses
Integrated system
• Automatic creation of attributes with equations
• 1 tool for all systems
• Automatic creation of text addresses
• Consistent engineering
• Generation of the database
• Scalable
• Context-sensitive connection of the OPM II from the system
• Easy and transparent engineering image of the maintenance control system
Object orientation Functions for PLC applications
4.2 • Easy and transparent engineering • Fully-graphic user interface
• More engineering quality • Object oriented
• More efficiency in engineering • Compliance with standards in accordance with IEC 61131-3
• Less cost in engineering • Simple offline/online test
Consistent data maintenance Functions for third-party systems
• Central database • Open interface
• Less input effort • Storage and removal of engineering data
• No double entries • Simple reading out of existing data
• Fewer input errors • Any attributes definable in the customer project itself
Engineering of process technology
System Overview
• Reduction of initial creation effort
Nowadays, engineering has become an important cost factor,
• Rational, efficient engineering not only in the creation of new plants but also in the mainte-
Functions for SICAM automation systems nance of existing plants and the administration of relevant data
• Easy system test – online and offline resources. With the integrated engineering system
SICAM TOOLBOX II, Siemens offers a comprehensive and cost-
• Plaintext diagnostics saving solution for these tasks.
• Remote servicing Object orientation: work more rapidly and safely
• Logging and simulation of telegrams With the introduction of object orientation, the designer can
• Functions local and remote describe actual units and equipment in the project planning
process and can employ them in the engineering process as
defined objects. These can be, for example, individual compo-
nents such as pumps or circuit breakers, but also larger units,

such as feeders. Above all, if a plant is composed of a multitude defined without constraint with respect to sector-specific appli-
of identical primary assemblies and equipment (such as voltage cations.
transformation substations or hydropower plants, and pipe-
With respect to networkability and a collaborative working
lines), object-orientation offers considerable cost-reduction
method, SICAM TOOLBOX II offers all possibilities from the indi-
potential.
vidual workstation right up to complex network solutions, in
In parallel to this, the error quota drops because the structure of which several project engineers work in parallel on multiple
the equipment is moved into the background due to the crea- projects. The function of distributed working even allows several
tion of process-technology objects with SICAM TOOLBOX II. project engineers to work simultaneously on a project, even if
Thus, the developer no longer has to deal with a large number the individual SICAM TOOLBOX II PCs are not connected via a
of individual signals. Instead, they can concentrate on their network. The distributed data resources are easily and conven-
actual task: engineering of the plant. In order to make optimum iently merged at a later point.
use of this advantage, the objects can be completely freely
4.2
[dw_sicam-toolbox-2-konfig, 2, en_US]
Figure 4.2/2 SICAM TOOLBOX II– Example Configuration
Engineering on the Web The core element of data management in SICAM TOOLBOX II is a
central database that is accessed by all tools of
The diverse functions of SICAM TOOLBOX II can also offer
SICAM TOOLBOX II and in which all information is stored. Infor-
unlimited benefits on the Internet and Intranet – with the same
mation that has been entered is available to all employees on a
convenient user interface as in the local installation. The Web
project and all tools immediately, and at the latest revision
functions integrated into SICAM TOOLBOX II allow operation in
status. This reduces the error quota, avoids double entries and
Internet Explorer without further training. To do this,
thus reduces engineering effort.
SICAM TOOLBOX II does not even have to be installed locally on
the operator’s PC – all functions run on the corresponding
Windows terminal server.

[sc_SICAM TOOLBOXII_Systemconfiguration, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.2/3 SICAM TOOLBOX II– Possible System Configurations
PLC applications implemented via the communication routes of the automation

system (that is, without their own power line). In this way, the
The linkage, control and regulation applications are created in
4.2 plant can be very easily tested and put into operation. The inte-
SICAM TOOLBOX II with CAEx plus. This powerful tool boasts a
grated diagnostic options of SICAM TOOLBOX II allow any errors
fully graphic user interface and intuitive operation. This permits
to be quickly and reliably located and rectified. As a result, it
short familiarization times and minimized training outlay. CAEx
considerably increases the availability of the overall system. In
plus is completely integrated in SICAM TOOLBOX II. It allows
the event of an error, the detailed diagnosis displays compre-
user programs to be efficiently and easily generated in accord-
hensive fault information in plaintext and provides information
ance with the standard IEC 61131-3.
about possible causes and their rectification. Remote mainte-
With standardized user programs, the use of typical function nance allows access to automation systems from any location
block diagrams allows rapid and error-free programming. The via, for example, telephone, modem, ISDN, TCP/IP, and is thus
concise and clearly-arranged operating structure supports rapid the basis for the corresponding service activities. For data simu-
and efficient working, which is further reinforced by a multitude lation, any number of telegrams can be defined with menu
of easily operated functions. Examples include the project guidance and hence simulated in the automation system.
explorer, intuitive function block diagram editor, navigator and Logging points can be selected with graphic support in order to
documentation management. The comprehensive online help follow the data flow. With associated telegram filters, only those
provides support at all times in the event of uncertainties. CAEx telegrams are displayed that are relevant for the respective test.
plus also includes comprehensive and easily operated testing
For maintenance control systems
options. The offline test can be used – independently from the
automation system – for testing the user program under The process data points in the maintenance control systems and
Windows, in almost real time. In the online test, the program local HMIs (such as SICAM SCC) and their attributes can be
can then be checked with the automation system. defined and their parameters set with SICAM TOOLBOX II. Attrib-
utes are transferred from the SICAM RTU automation system in a
Functions non-redundant manner via the use of SICAM TOOLBOX II refer-
ences. This means that the project engineer does not have to,
For SICAM automation systems
for example, enter the telegram address for the maintenance
In a SICAM RTU automation network, SICAM TOOLBOX II allows control system. The use of SICAM TOOLBOX II equations
project engineering, loading, system diagnostics, system testing provides the option of automatically calculating attributes of the
and documentation of the automation and telecontrol functions maintenance control system, hence accelerating engineering
for local and remote automation units: All functions can be

and minimizing errors. Furthermore, the text address is auto- The new version of SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 contains the
matically created. following extensions and improvements:
For third-party systems • Support of current operating systems
The open interface to any third-party system is an important SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 supports Windows 7, Windows
feature of SICAM TOOLBOX II. Using this interface, data can be 8.1, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows
removed or third-party data transferred. Removed data can be Server 2012 R2.
converted with any program for automatic post-parameteriza-
tion. The storing of third-party data can also be batch controlled,
• Security
that is, without actual operation of SICAM TOOLBOX II. In addi- – Installation signature
tion to the storing of individual attributes, signals or any higher- The installation file setup.exe has a Siemens certificate
value objects can be created (for example, a feeder, a pump, a (digital signature).
circuit breaker). In this way, even old data can very easily be – Solidification
inherited by the SICAM TOOLBOX II. Furthermore, the option If solidification software is installed in the operating system,
exists to define and administer parameters of third-party to operate SICAM TOOLBOX II, you must configure the
systems or even general parameters. The attributes can be exceptions defined in the Administrator Security Manual
defined by the project engineer in the customer project itself. (DC0-114-2.xx) .
Examples of this are parameters from third-party manufacturers. – ORACLE DB
With these self-defined parameters, collaborative engineering is Version and patch levels in the dialog versions of the
also possible in addition to all SICAM TOOLBOX II standard installed toolkits (default setting TOOLBOX, menu system,
processing activities, such as mass processing, references and TOOLBOX info, toolkits, etc.).
equations. – 2048 bit encryption
SICAM TOOLBOX II in remote operation uses X.509 client -
certificates with RSA 2048-bit key length and SHA256
signature (previously RSA 1204-- bit encryption, SHA1
signature). Thus, communication with SICAM RTU devices
that use X.509 server-certificates RSA 1024/SHA1 is
possible, as well as with devices that use X.509 server-
certificates RSA 2048/SHA256.
• IEC 61580 Edition 2
Support of IEC 61580 Edition 2 servers for SICAM RTUs
– Import of IEC 61580 Edition 2 server files These files can be
imported with the help of SICAM TOOLBOX II for each 4.2
IEC 61580 Edition 2 server separately or for several servers.
– Export of IEC 61580 Edition 2 server files
• SICAM WEB Integration in SICAM TOOLBOX II
The following functionality is supported in the system tech-
[sc_SICAM TOOLBOXII_mixedOp, 1, en_US] nology of OPM II:
Figure 4.2/4 SICAM TOOLBOX II Server/Client Configuration – Start SICAM WEB
– Load flash card
Version 6.0 In this way, the online features (diagnosis and maintenance
SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 not only offers new functions, functions) of SICAM WEB can be used directly from
but also completes the functions or technologies of the previous SICAM TOOLBOX II.
version. These include the support of current operating systems
and functions in the area of IEC 61850 Ed. 2.
Existing engineering data from SICAM TOOLBOX II versions 5.xx
can be imported into the new SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0
and can hence continue to be used. Data that has been created
with SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 can not be imported into
earlier versions (for example, V5.xx).

• Improved/changed features
– Online help
SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 contains improved online
help, specially for the new features. The updated form of
the online help is provided as a *.chm file.
– SICAM SCC (previously SICAM PAS CC)
– General interrogation and analog values
– Extension of the parameter Variable_type_(TI) with the
entry General Interrogation (GenType -21)
– Extension of the parameter Lk_Kat with the analog value
(subdivision into floating-point numbers and integer
values)
– Revision of libraries
With the new version of SICAM TOOLBOX II, the libraries
that are provided have been revised.
• New features for CAEx plus
– Offline simulation/online test - extended debugging
– Editor in OLS mode or in OLT mode also for POU(ST) and
global variable objects.
– Variable values are displayed in a new Online column
and are forcible there.
• Compatibility
Existing engineering data from SICAM TOOLBOX II
versions 5.xx can be imported into the new
SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 and can hence continue to be
used. Data that has been created with SICAM TOOLBOX II
version 6.0 can not be imported into earlier versions (for
example, V5.xx).
• Support of current operating systems
4.2 SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 can be used on the following
operating systems:
– Windows 7
– Windows 8.1
– Windows 10
– Windows Server 2008 R2
– Windows Server 2012 R2
SICAM TOOLBOX II WEB Application Server requires these oper-
ating systems:
• Windows 2008 Server R2 with RDS (= Remote Desktop Serv-
ices)
• Windows 2012 Server R2 with RDS (= Remote Desktop Serv-
ices)

SICAM TOOLBOX II – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM TOOLBOX II – FULL 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │ │ │ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │ │ │
││ │ │ │ │
License Single-site FULL 1 │ │ 0 0 0
Server 3 │ │ │ │ │
││ │ │ │ │
Package No package │ A │ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Standard │ B │ │ │ │
(= EM II & PSR II & OPM II & CAEx plus)
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Basic │ C │ │ │ │
(= EM II & PSR II & OPM II)
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Administration │ D │ │ │ │
(= EM II)
SICAM TOOLBOX II - Service │M │ │ │ │
(= EM II & PSR II)
│ │ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional package │ A │ │ │
TBII live update │ L │ │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_Server No server │ 0 │ │
2 users 3 2 │ │
3 users 3 3 │ │
5 users 3 5 │ │
10 users 3 6 │ │ 4.2
25 users 3 7 │ │
100 users 3 8 │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_Web-Basic No Web │ │ 0 │
2 users 3 │ 2 │
3 users 3 │ 3 │
5 users 3 │ 5 │
10 users 3 │ 6 │
25 users 3 │ 7 │
│ │ │ │
TBII-Web-CAEx plus No Web-CAEx plus │ │ │ 0
2 users 3 │ │ 2
3 users 3 │ │ 3
5 users 3 │ │ 5
10 users 3 │ │ 6
25 users 3 │ │ 7
│ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II - LIGHT - see next page │ │ │ │
Table 4.2/1 SICAM TOOLBOX II Selection and Ordering Data


SICAM TOOLBOX II - LIGHT 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 0 □ □ 0 0 - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │
││ │
License Single-site LIGHT 0 │ │
│ │
Package No package A │
SICAM TOOLBOX II - Standard B │
(= EM II & PSR II & OPM II & CAEx plus)
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Basic C │
(= EM II & PSR II & OPM II)
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Administration D │
(= EM II)
SICAM TOOLBOX II –Service M │
(= EM II & PSR II)
│
Additional packages No additional package A
TBII live update L
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Update 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 4 □ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │ │ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │ │
││ │ │ │
License Update 4 │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Package No package A │ │ │
4.2 Update LIGHT (min. V5.0) L │ │ │
Update FULL (min. V5.0) F │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional package │ A │ │
TBII live update │ L │ │
│ │ │
TBII-Update_SERVER No server │ 0 │
2 users F 2 │
3 users F 3 │
5 users F 5 │
10 users F 6 │
25 users F 7 │
100 users 1 F 8 │
SICAM TOOLBOX II - Update - see next page │ │


SICAM TOOLBOX II - Update 6 M F 7 0 □ □ - 4 □ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲
│ │ │
TBII-Update_WEB No Web │ │ 0
2 users F │ 2
3 users F │ 3
5 users F │ 5
10 users F │ 6
25 users F │ 7
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Extra & Upgrade 6 M F 7 0 0 0 - 5 □ A 0 0 - 0 A □ 0
▲ ▲ ▲
Extra TBII dongle exchange CAEx plus G A C
TBII dongle exchange CAEx II G A X
│ │ │
TOOLKIT Upgrade (LIGHT-> FULL) No toolkit │ │ │
TBII_Upgrade_EM II LIGHT -> FULL G A E
TBII_Upgrade_PSR II LIGHT -> FULL G A S
TBII_Upgrade_OPM II LIGHT -> FULL G A P
TBII_Upgrade_CAEx plus LIGHT -> FULL G A C
TBII_Upgrade_CAEx safety LIGHT -> FULL G A F
│ │ │
TOOLSET Upgrade (FULL) TBII_PSR II F A S
TBII_OPM II F A P
TBII_CAEx plus F A C
TBII_CAEx safety F A F
│ │ │
TOOLSET Upgrade ( LIGHT) TBII_PSR II L A S
TBII_OPM II L A P
4.2
TBII_CAEx plus L A C
TBII_CAEx safety L A F
│ │ │
Add-on live update TBII live update A L A
│ │ │
(TOOLSET) Upgrade TBII CAExII for Win7/Win8/Win10 S A X
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Siemens internal version - see next page │ │ │


SICAM TOOLBOX II – Siemens internal version 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 6 □ □ 5 0 - 0 A A □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │
││ │ │
License Special 6 │ │ │
│ │ │
Package No package A │ │
TOOLBOX II – Standard B L │
TOOLBOX II – Update INTERNAL V L │
│
Internal version TBII Siemens internal version 1
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Maintenance Renewal - see next page
4.2


SICAM TOOLBOX II – Maintenance Renewal 6 M F 7 0 0 1 - 0 A □ □ □ - 0 □ □ 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
TBII_MR_number of clients FULL No clients A │ │ │ │
1 client B │ │ │ │
2 clients C │ │ │ │
3 clients D │ │ │ │
5 clients E │ │ │ │
10 clients F │ │ │ │
25 clients G │ │ │ │
50 clients H │ │ │ │
100 clients J │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_MR_Server No server 0 │ │ │
2 users 2 │ │ │
3 users 3 │ │ │
5 users 5 │ │ │
10 users 6 │ │ │
25 users 7 │ │ │
100 users 8 │ │ │
│ │ │
TBII_MR_Web No Web 0 │ │
2 users 2 │ │
3 users 3 │ │
5 users 5 │ │
10 users 6 │ │
25 users 7 │ │
│ │
TBII_MR_Number of live update No clients A │
4.2
1 client B │
2 clients C │
3 clients D │
5 clients E │
10 clients F │
25 clients G │
50 clients H │
100 clients J │
│
TBII_MR_number of clients LIGHT No clients A
1 client B
2 clients C
3 clients D
5 clients E
10 clients F
25 clients G
50 clients H
100 clients J

SICAM WEB – Description
Description
SICAM WEB is the easiest way of configuring and testing devices
of the SICAM A8000 series.
Using a tablet or a PC and one of the standard browsers, you can
parameterize and diagnose the SICAM A8000 series telecontrol
and automation devices.
Just enter the IP address of the SICAM A8000 device in the
browser address bar, and the access data in the SICAM WEB log-
on dialog.
This is followeed by bidirectional communication with the
SICAM A8000 device via an Ethernet connection.
There is no need for time-consuming software installation!
Rights and the associated engineering and diagnostic possibili-
ties depend on the user logged in as an administrator or as a
guest. Accordingly, device and diagnosis information can be
[ph_SICAM WEB, 1, --_--]
read, or event and alarm indications can be checked.
Figure 4.3/1 SICAM WEB
A user with administrator rights can additionally edit configura-
tion data and start test runs.
Signal configuration follows a simple and clear workflow:
Benefits • Each necessary signal is defined with a name and an IEC
address.
• Easy parameterization and test possibilities for SICAM A8000
series devices with maximum user friendliness. • Allocation of the signals to different targets: for example, I/O
modules, protocols, or the master module.
• Clearly structured user interface and logical operating steps
for each working situation. • An I/O module becomes a target for signals to/from the
process.
• Free utilization with any current Web browser; no limitation
• No time-consuming installation necessary • Address mapping is necessary if the information exchange
with another station is not via IEC 60870-5-101 or -104. In
• Utilization via tablet or PC this case, you must allocate the transferred signals to the
• Connection via direct Ethernet connection or via WLAN with a employed protocol.
router • System-internal functions, such as writing data into the event
list, require the master module to be use as target for the
4.3 Functions related signals.
Interface • Multiple allocations of a given signal to different targets is
SICAM WEB is operated via mouse or touch. Each functional area possible at any time.
has its own tile, and an additional menu entry. • All settings are saved in the device.
Communication/connection types
For data transfer, SICAM WEB is optimized for a small band-
width, irrespective of the connection method of the SICAM
A8000 device.
The following connection possibilities are available:
• Direct Ethernet connection
• WLAN with a router connected to the device
SICAM WEB only needs very little transmission resources.
Project engineering
With SICAM WEB, you can not only retrieve information from
SICAM devices in the A8000 series, but also configure them
completely.
The majority of project engineering concerns signals, such as
messages, commands, measured values or counts.

SICAM Device Manager – Description
Description
Engineering is a major cost factor in producing new plants for
power generation, distribution, and transfer. Servicing existing
plants and maintenance of relevant data resources require
heavy expenditure.
• Configuring,
• Setting parameters,
• Testing,
• Putting in operation
These tasks or requirements can be resolved with SICAM Device
Manager intuitively whilst saving time and money.
The current engineering software for the SICAM A8000 series
supports project and device management for:
• CP-8000
• CP-8021
• CP-8022
• CP-8050 [sc_sicdm__splash, 2, --_--]
Figure 4.4/1 SICAM Device Manager

SICAM Device Manager is available in both German and English.
Alongside recognized features such as BDEW White Paper

Benefits
conformity, SICAM Device Manager also only supports digitally
• Simple parameterization and test tool for SICAM A8000 series signed firmware.
devices with maximum user friendliness
There are 3 licenses available to choose:
• Clearly structured user interface and logical steps for each
working situation • 6MF7800-1FB00: SICAM Device Manager Basic intuitive engi-
neering tool for the SICAM A8000 series
• Clear administration of projects and devices in directory struc-
tures • 6MF7800-1FS00: SICAM Device Manager Standard intuitive
engineering tool for the SICAM A8000 series incl. CFC
• Duplication of devices and automatic adaptation of specific
parameters • 6MF7800-1GS00: SICAM Device Manager Upgrade Basic to
Standard
• Compatibility between SICAM WEB and SICAM Device Supported Operating Systems
Manager
• Look and feel corresponds to SICAM WEB • Microsoft Windows 7
• Microsoft Windows 10 4.4
Functions
• Microsoft Windows 2012 Server R2
• IEC 61850 Client Engineering • Microsoft Windows 2016 Server R2
Import SCL file
Display access point
Display IEC 61850 signals
Show reports
• Logic Editor – Offline Simulation
• Logic Editor - new online test functions
Disconnect/connect signals from process
Force values for output signals
• Logic Editor - new signal list functions
Signal search
Display of signal use (input/output)
• Logic Editor - use of user-specific structures for inputs/outputs
of function blocks
Cyber Security [sc_SDM_SICAM_WEB, 1, --_--]
The SICAM Device Manager also handles cyber security require- Figure 4.4/2 Simple and Intuitive User Interface
ments appropriately for the SICAM A8000 series.

SICAM Device Manager – Description
Description Order no.

SICAM Device Manager Basic 6MF7800-1FB00
4.4

SICAM Protocol Test System – Description
Description
The IEC standard protocols used in modern substation control
and protection systems enable homogeneous, manufacturer-
independent solutions and provide optimal protection for the
investment made.
Despite the use of standardized protocols, it is still necessary in
everyday practice when operating and setting up systems
controls to analyze more precisely or even simulate the behavior
of the devices used.
The SICAM protocol test system (PTS) offers these functions. A
simulation of one or more devices simplifies the processes
above all during project engineering of plants. For instance, by
importing the IEC 61850 standard files, the behavior of devices
can be simulated and the running of tests and commissioning
thus simplified. Irrespective of the manufacturer, extensive anal-
ysis functions make it easier to eliminate erroneous behavior or
failures of individual devices.
SICAM PTS helps make everyday work simpler for the plant
project engineer and operator and becomes an indispensable [sc_SICAM PTS, 1, --_--]
tool.
Figure 4.5/1 SICAM PTS
Benefits
• Interactive simulation (command & feedback) of entire
• Analysis and monitoring systems including devices from the competition – SCD, ICD
import (ICD files of SIPROTEC 4/5- devices are already inte-
SICAM PTS is the ideal tool for conformance testing, SAT (site
grated in the software package)
acceptance tests), fault analyses and long-term recordings.
• Simulation • Simulating malfunctions
In addition to the extensive analysis functions, it is also • Dynamic measured values using auto-simulation
possible to simulate partners. • Simulating fault records
In this way, the SICAM PTS not only allows individual tele- • GOOSE publish
grams but also entire IEC 61850 devices and plants made up
of up to 255 devices to be simulated dynamically. This also • Network overview analysis – which server is connected to
which client?
includes simulation of the command executions including
feedback, measured values and fault records, along with the • Test the NTP time server in the network
simulation of IEC 61850 client/server connections and GOOSE • Simple operation – without training
messages. The individual server-client connections in the
network are then shown in the network overview. • Plaintext display even for IEC 60870-5-101, -104 and -103
using stored data models by importing long texts as .csv files
The SICAM Protocol Test System supports the following proto- 4.5
cols:
• Long-term recording
• For Windows operating systems
• IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2 Client
• IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2 Server SICAM PTS runs on a PC under MS Windows and is used to
• IEC 60870-5-101 (balanced and unbalanced) record and simulate process interfaces. A COM port (V.24/V.28)
or an Ethernet interface is used as an interface. For unsupported
• IEC 60870-5-103 protocols, the recorded data is displayed in Hex mode.
• IEC 60870-5-104 Monitoring
• SAT PCBE End-End protocol IEC 60870-5-101, -103, PCBU, PCBE (Figure 4.5/2)
• SAT PCBU SSI End-End protocol
• Statistics display (for example number of bytes, number of
• NTP Client telegrams, transmission errors)
• TLS • Possible to display the telegrams in Hex mode
Power characteristics & technical highlights • Time stamping of all received telegrams
• Product- & manufacturer-independent test system • Freely definable process-technology address down to bit level,
• Simulation of up to 255 IEC 61850 servers including saving and loading the definition
• Plaintext address import of CSV files (display of the data
points with their actual name)

SICAM Protocol Test System – Description
• Possibility of online and offline filtering of IEC 60870-5-2 tele-

grams, type identifications, transmission causes, link
addresses, object addresses (function type, information
number)
• Individual adaptation of the display format (for example type
identification, time, structure)
• Saving the recorded data in binary and ASCII format
• Loading the saved recording for further offline analyses
including offline filter
[dw_sicam-protocol_SimIEC60870, 2, en_US]
Figure 4.5/3 Simulation IEC 60870-5-101, -103
Monitoring and simulation IEC 60870-5-104 (Figure 4.5/4)

All data transmitted via the TCP/IP log can be recorded using the
SICAM PTS if the system can access it on Ethernet, for example,
via a hub. This means that SICAM PTS may not be decoupled
from the systems to be tested by a switch or router.
[dw_sicam-protocol_pcbe-and-pcbu, 2, en_US]
This means that the following possibilities are available:
Figure 4.5/2 Monitoring IEC 60870-5-101, -103, PCBE & PCBU
• Filtering in addition to the filtering possibilities for monitoring
By using SICAM PTS (IEC 60870) , the following function is avail- on serial interfaces according to log, IP address, host name
able: and port number
• Time stamping with an accuracy of 1 ms • Statistics display

Simulation IEC 60870-5-101, -103 (Figure 4.5/3 and ) • Simulation of a station on the Ethernet
• Telegram definition using dialog, from existing recordings and
plaintext imports (for example, data-point tests, in order to
automatically generate and transmit telegrams from a data-
point list)
• Predefined monitoring telegrams (for example end of initiali-
zation, general interrogation, counter interrogation)
4.5 • Saving and loading telegram definitions
• Saving and loading different parameter sets
• Option to import recording of the Frontline serial test
program (including time stamp)
• IEC 60870-5-101: Send/receive file transfers and generate [dw_sicam-protocol_monitoring-and-simulation, 2, en_US]
COMTRADE files from DKE fault records Figure 4.5/4 Monitoring and Simulation IEC 60870-5-104

SICAM Protocol Test System – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM protocol test system 6 M F 6 0 7 0 - □ A A □ □ - □ □ A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
License Single space │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
Package Only additional packages 0 │ │ │ │
Basic (IEC 60870-101) 1 │ │ │ │
Update V6.x to V7.0 2 │ │ │ │
Update V5.x to V7.0 3 │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional packages 0 0 0 A
IEC 60870-103 3 │ │ │
IEC 60870-104 4 │ │
IEC 61850 8 │
TLS T
Table 4.5/1 SICAM PTS Selection and Ordering Data
4.5

DIGSI 4 – Description
Description
The PC operating program DIGSI 4 is the user interface to the
SIPROTEC devices, irrespective of version. It has a simple and
intuitive user interface. Using DIGSI 4, the parameters for the
SIPROTEC devices are set and evaluated – this is the tailor-made
program for industrial and energy supply systems.
Functions
• Simple protection settings
The functions actually required can be simply selected from
the numerous protection functions. This facilitates increased
clarity over the other menus.
• Setting devices with primary and secondary values
The settings can be entered and displayed as primary or
secondary values. You can switch between primary and
secondary values with a mouse click on the toolbar.
[sc_DIGSI4, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.6/1 DIGSI 4 Operating Program
• CFC: Configure logic instead of programming it

Using CFC (Continuous Function Chart), interlockings and
switching sequences can be configured, information linked
and derived without software expertise by simply drawing
technical processes. Logical elements such as AND, OR, timers
and limiting value interrogations of measured values are avail-
able.
[sc_digsi4_main menue, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.6/2 DIGSI 4: Main Menu, Selecting the Protection Functions
• Routing matrix
The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user the entire device configura-
tion at a glance. For instance, the allocation of LEDs, binary
inputs and standard relays is displayed on one screen. The
routing can be changed with the click of a mouse.
4.6
[sc_digsi4_cfc, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.6/4 CFC Chart
[sc_digsi4_matrix, 1, --_--]
• Commissioning
Figure 4.6/3 DIGSI 4: Routing Matrix
Special attention was paid to commissioning. All binary inputs
and outputs can be individually tested and read. This enables
an extremely simple wiring check. For test purposes,
messages can be intentionally sent to the serial interfaces.

• IEC 61850 System Configurator

Using the IEC 61850 system configurator, which is launched
from the DIGSI manager, the IEC 61850 network structure
and the scope of the data exchange between the participants
of an IEC 61850 station can be defined. To do so, subnet-
works are added as required to the network working area.
These subnetworks are then allocated available participants
and the addressing is set. In the GOOSE working area, the
data objects between participants are linked, for example, the
pickup indication of the V / inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion I> function of the feeder 1, which is transmitted to the
infeed, in order to effect the reverse interlocking of the V /
inverse-time overcurrent protection I>> function there. Addi-
tional information see Description, Page 99.
[sc_DIGSI 4_IEC 61850, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.6/5 IEC 61850 System Configurator
4.6

DIGSI 4 – Selection and Ordering Data

Software for project engineering and operation of Basic 7XS5400-0AA00
Siemens protection devices of the SIPROTEC 4/3/2
Basic version with license for 10 computers (authorization
and SIPROTEC Compact product families,
using serial number)
executable under the following operating Professional 7XS5402-0AA00
systems:
Basic and in addition SIGRA (fault-record analysis), function
• Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate, Professional block diagrams (logic editor), display editor (editor for basic
and Enterprise (32-/64-bit) and branch control displays) and DIGSI 4 remote (remote
• Microsoft Windows 10 Professional and Enter- control) with license for 10 computers (authorization using
prise (64-bit) serial number)
• Microsoft Windows Server 2008/2012 R2 (64- DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 7XS5403-0AA00
bit)
See product information for details about the Professional and additionally IEC 61850 System Configurator
supported service packs of the operating systems. with license for 10 computers (authorization using serial
number)
Including device templates COMTRADE Viewer,
electronic help, DIGSI cables (for all devices) and Upgrade from DIGSI 4 basic to DIGSI 4 professional 7XS5407-0AA00
service (update, hotline). Upgrade from DIGSI 4 basic to DIGSI 4 professional + 7XS5408-0AA00
User interface languages: German, English, IEC 61850
French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, and Upgrade from DIGSI 4 professional to DIGSI 4 professional + 7 X S 5 4 6 0 - 0 A A 0 0
Turkish (selectable) IEC 61850
Delivery is on DVD-ROM. SIPROTEC 4 tutorial IC1000-G220-C198-X-7100
Multimedia information and training for SIPROTEC 4, DIGSI 4,
SIGRA and IEC 61850, including trial software, handbooks and
catalog
DIGSI 4 trial 7XS5401-1AA00
Like DIGSI 4 professional + IEC 61850, but only valid for
30 days (test version, no authorization necessary)
DIGSI 4 scientific 7XS5402-2AA00
Like DIGSI 4 professional + IEC 61850, only for scientific equip-
ment (university, technical college, research institution) with
license for 10 computers (authorization using serial number)
DIGSI 4 DVD copy 7XS5490-0AA00
Contains latest DIGSI 4, IEC 61850 System Configurator and
SIGRA, without license
Table 4.6/1 DIGSI 4 Selection and Ordering Data
4.6

Description
DIGSI 5 is the versatile engineering tool for parameterization,
commissioning, and operating all SIPROTEC 5 devices. Its inno-
vative user interface includes context-sensitive user instructions.
Simple connection to the device via USB enables you to work
with a device easily and efficiently. The full capabilities of
DIGSI 5 are revealed when you connect it to a network of
protection devices: Then you can work with all of the devices in
a substation in one project. DIGSI 5 offers superior usability and
is optimized for your work processes. Only the information you
actually need to carry out your tasks is shown. This can be
reduced further via expanded filter mechanisms. Consistent use
of sophisticated and standardized mechanisms in the user inter-
faces requires less training.
Functions
Using a PC or laptop computer, you can set parameters for the
devices using the interfaces and export the fault data.
DIGSI 5 is available in different variants (Compact, Standard and [sc_DIGSI 5_SplashScreen, 2, --_--]
Premium) with various functionalities:
• Using the Single-Line Editor, you can visually define a substa- DIGSI 5 is available in 3 different functional scopes:
tion and the primary equipment. Connect these elements
with the protection function of your protection devices.
• DIGSI 5 Compact
Software for configuration and operation of individual
• The visual display of the SIPROTEC devices can be configured SIPROTEC 5 protection devices including transmission of
and edited with the Display Editor or with a graphics program.
process data from the device. Includes a graphical editor for
Take your single-line diagram and convert it into a display
continuous function charts (CFC). Integrated test and commis-
image. You can also define your own icons.
sioning functions, including the possibility of creating test
• You can configure additional functions like interlocking of the sequences and their execution in the protection device
devices graphically with the function block diagrams editor without external test equipment. Projects may only contain a
(CFC). single SIPROTEC 5 protection device.
• Using the Siemens IEC 61850 System Configurator, you can • DIGSI 5 Standard
configure and set parameters for IEC 61850 stations. Using
Like DIGSI 5 Compact, but without constraint with regard to
this tool, you can administer subnetworks, network users and
the number of supported SIPROTEC 5 devices per project, incl.
their IP addresses and link the information of various partici-
IEC 61850 System Configurator. Contains additional graphical
pants.
editors for single-line diagrams, device display pages and the
• The DIGSI 5 test suite provides extensive test tools, which network topology. SIGRA for professional fault-record analysis
accelerate commissioning and support you with operation. is available as an option.
One of the test functions enables you to compile and execute
test sequences, to test devices without external test equip- • DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA
ment. Same as DIGSI 5 Standard, but with enhanced functionality
for IEC 61850, for example, flexible engineering and func-
• SIGRA for simple, fast and convenient analysis of fault records, tional naming. Contains SIGRA for a professional analysis of
4.7
such as those recorded during faults in power plants by fault
recorders. fault records.
Languages: German, English, Spanish, Russian, Italian, French. Hardware requirements

Polish, Czech and Turkish (selectable) • Intel® Core™ i3-6100U, 2.30 GHz S-ATA with at least 8 GB
available storage capacity
• 4 GB RAM (Recommendation: 8 GB)
• Graphic display HD Ready 1280 x 1024 pixels
or 1376 x 768 pixels
• DVD ROM drive
• Keyboard and mouse
• USB port

Software requirements
• Microsoft Windows 10
• Microsoft Windows 7
• Microsoft Windows 8.1
• Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2
• VMWare support for virtual machines
4.7

DIGSI 5 – Overview of Functions
Overview of Functions
Compact Standard Premium

Project processing
Maximum number of devices per project 1 Unlimited Unlimited
Copy and paste ■ ■ ■
Multilingualism is supported ■ ■ ■
Single-line diagrams and device displays
Single-Line Editor with ANSI - and IEC standard icons available – ■ ■
Device display editor permits creation of user-defined displays and icons – ■ ■
Setting parameters and routing
Information routing including filtering and sorting ■ ■ ■
Graphical visualization of protection parameters – ■ ■
Comparison of devices (offline/offline – offline/online) 10 ■ ■
Continuous function charts (CFC)
Graphic continuous function chart editor (CFC) available ■ ■ ■
Communication
Assignment of communications to system interface ■ ■ ■
Assignment of communications to various protocols ■ ■ ■
Graphical network view of devices – ■ ■
Inter-device communication (via IEC 61850 System Configurator) – ■ ■
IEC 61850
IEC 61850 Edition 2 is fully supported – ■ ■
IEC 61850 structure editor for flexible engineering and functional naming – – ■
Access and communication
Via USB and Ethernet ■ ■ ■
Access to communication partners via system interface ■ ■ ■
Online
Measured values (current values, minimum, maximum, average values) and storage in ■ ■ ■
the project as snapshots
Messages (and storage in the project as snapshots) ■ ■ ■
Protocols and records ■ ■ ■
Display fault records ■ ■ ■
COMTRADE Viewer COMTRADE viewer SIGRA
11
Loading settings for the selected device ■ ■ ■

Commissioning and testing
Creating and running multistage test sequences, no external equipment necessary ■ ■ ■
Test views for testing the device configuration ■ ■ ■
Analysis/debugging of continuous function charts (CFCs) in offline and online mode ■ ■ ■ 4.7
Export and import
SCL formats (IEC 61850– ICD/IID/MICS) – ■ ■
Device configurations (full and partial) ■ ■ ■
Single-line diagrams/topology – ■ 12 ■
Display pages – ■ ■
Test object definition (RIO) ■ ■ ■
Documentation
Printing and exporting project documentation ■ ■ ■
Creation of user-defined print formats ■ ■ ■
Safeguarding and security
Authorization of access to devices with NERC CIP-compatible password ■ ■ ■
10 only offline/online
11 (SIGRA available as optional package)
12 WMF export only

DIGSI 5 – Overview of Functions
Compact Standard Premium

Secure connection to the device ■ ■ ■
Configuration data protected from alteration ■ ■ ■
Confirmation IDs for safeguarding critical activities (for example, switching) ■ ■ ■
4.7

DIGSI 5 – Order Variants
DIGSI 5 Order Variants
DIGSI 5 Compact DIGSI 5 Standard DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA

Description • Software for the configuration and • Like DIGSI 5 Compact, but without • Same as DIGSI 5 Standard, but with
operation of individual constraint with regard to the number enhanced functionality for IEC 61850,
SIPROTEC 5 protection devices, of supported SIPROTEC 5 devices per for example, flexible engineering and
including transmission of process data project, incl. IEC 61850 System functional naming
from the device. Configurator • Contains SIGRA for a professional
• Includes a graphical editor for contin- • Contains additional graphical editors analysis of fault records
uous function charts (CFC) for single-line diagrams, device
• Integrated test and commissioning display pages and the network
functions, including the possibility of topology
creating test sequences and executing • SIGRA for professional fault-record
them in the protection device without analysis is available as an option
external test equipment
• Projects may only contain a single
SIPROTEC 5 protection device.
Product features All features are listed in the Overview of Functions, Page 95 table.
Authorization No license key necessary Authorization required using the license key on the USB stick; can be used on one
computer per license.
Available interface German, English, Portuguese, Spanish, Italian, French, Russian, Polish, Czech, and Turkish (selectable)
languages
Contained in the scope • Program, device driver and online • Program, device driver and online • Program, device driver and online
of delivery documentation on DVD-ROM documentation on DVD-ROM documentation on DVD-ROM
• USB stick including a 30-day test • USB stick with the number of licenses • USB stick with the number of licenses
license for a free test of ordered. The program can be used on ordered. The program can be used on
DIGSI 5 Premium one computer per license. one computer per license.
• Product information • Includes a 30-day test license for a • Product information
• USB cable for connecting a PC/laptop free test of DIGSI 5 Premium • USB cable for connecting a PC/laptop
computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device • Product information computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device
types • USB cable for connecting a PC/laptop types
computer and all SIPROTEC 5 device
types
4.7

DIGSI 5 – Selection and Ordering Data
Versions Number of licenses Order no.

(short designation)
DIGSI 5 Compact Unlimited P1V178
DIGSI 5 Standard without SIGRA (with COMTRADE viewer) 1 single license P1V24
5 single licenses P1V48
DIGSI 5 standard with SIGRA 1 single license P1V246
DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA 1 single license P1V123
DIGSI 5 Premium Trial (Premium full version for 30 days) Unlimited P1V192
DIGSI 5 Premium Scientific (only for technical colleges) 10 single licenses P1V55
DIGSI 5 Premium Sales (only for Siemens sales and distribution Dept.) 10 single licenses P1V62
Upgrade from DIGSI 5 Standard to Premium 1 single license P1V369
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 professional to DIGSI 5 standard 10 single licenses P1V86
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 professional to DIGSI 5 premium 10 single licenses P1V390
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 to DIGSI 5 Standard 10 single licenses P1V93
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 to DIGSI 5 Premium 10 single licenses P1V208
Optional package SIGRA for DIGSI 5 standard 1 single license P1V154
DVD copy with the latest DIGSI 5 and SIGRA version P1V222
Table 4.7/1 DIGSI 5 Selection and Ordering Data
4.7

IEC 61850 System Configurator – Description
Description
The IEC 61850 System Configurator is the manufacturer-inde-
pendent solution for the interoperable engineering of
IEC 61850 products and systems. It supports all devices with
IEC 61850, not just Siemens products – like SIPROTEC 5,
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC Compact, Reyrolle, SICAM RTUs, SICAM
IO/AI/P85x/Q200 – but also devices from other Siemens divisions
(such as SITRAS PRO) or from third parties.
The IEC 61850 System Configurator supports the SCL configura-
tion files (substation configuration language) from the
IEC 61850-6 through import or export of all formats
(ICD/IID/CID/SCD/SSD/SED). Thus, IEC 61850 devices can be
added and a complete IEC 61850 station is available for substa-
tion automation technology.
IEDs from the IEC 61850 standard of Edition 1 or Edition 2 are
supported. The possible engineering therefore includes not only
GOOSE communication and client-server configuration via MMS
reporting, but also system topology, process bus communica-
tion with SMV (sampled measured values) and [sc_IEC 61850 SysConf, 2, --_--]
IEC 60870-5-104 addresses for the gateway to the network
control center via IEC 61850-80-1. Figure 4.8/1 IEC 61850 System Configurator
Simple engineering thanks to customer-friendly workflows and

the universal display of IEC 61850 addresses as well as customer
• Supporting of IEC 61850 Edition 1 and Edition 2
description texts. Users with basic or expert IEC 61850 knowl- • Engineering with IEC 61850-80-1
edge find the desired level of detail. For documentation • Engineering independent from manufacturers
purposes, the engineering can be displayed in the Web browser
in a customer-friendly form. Harmonized interfaces of the tool, Description
such with DIGSI 4 and DIGSI 5, reduce the engineering effort for
The IEC 61850 System Configurator is the manufacturer-inde-
Siemens plants even more.
pendent solution for the interoperable engineering of
IEC 61850 products and systems. It supports all devices with
Benefits
IEC 61850, not just Siemens products – like SIPROTEC 5,
• Comprehensive – one tool for configuring all digital SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC Compact, Reyrolle, SICAM RTUs, SICAM
IEC 61850 devices IO/AI/P85x/Q100 – but also devices from other Siemens divisions
• Simple extension and adaptation of plants by using (such as SITRAS PRO) or from third parties.
IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2 in a project The tool supports SCL configuration files (substation configura-
• Customer-specific IEC 61850 structures (flexible engineering) tion language) from the IEC 61850-6 through the import or
permit the implementation of customer standards export of all formats (ICD/IID/CID/SCD/SSD/SED). Thus,
IEC 61850 devices can be added and a complete
• Easy to understand by using application-oriented signal IEC 61850 station is available for substation automation tech-
names instead of the specific IEC 61850 language (logical
nology.
nodes, etc.)
IEDs from the IEC 61850 standard of Edition 1 or Edition 2 are
• Proven by experience from worldwide standardization activi- supported. The possible engineering therefore includes not only
ties and engineering of more than 500 000 devices
GOOSE communication and client-server configuration via MMS
• Facilitated engineering by means of integrated interfaces to reporting, but also system topology, process bus communica-
4.8
DIGSI, SICAM SC, SICAM PAS, SICAM protocol test system and tion with SMV (sampled measured values) and
IEC 6150 browser IEC 60870-5-104 addresses for the gateway to the network
control center via IEC 61850-80-1.
Applications
Simple engineering thanks to customer-friendly workflows and
• Interoperable engineering of IEC 61850 (MMS; GOOSE; SMV) universal display of IEC 61850 addresses, as well as customer
• Import and export of all SCL formats, such as ICD, IID, CID, description texts. Users with basic or expert IEC 61850 knowl-
SCD, SSD or SED edge find the desired level of detail.

IEC 61850 System Configurator – Description
[One IEC 61850, 3, --_--]
Figure 4.8/2 An IEC 61850 System Configurator for All Devices in the Station
4.8

IEC 61850 System Configurator – Selection and Ordering Data

IEC 61850 System Configurator Stand-alone 7XS5461-0AA00
Software for configuring stations with IEC 61850 communication For configuration independent from manufac-
turers of a plant with IEC 61850 devices
Executable under 32-bit and 64-bit MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and
(SIPROTEC, Reyrolle and devices from the compe-
Professional/MS Windows 8.1/MS Windows Server 2012 R2 64-bit/MS
tition), installation independent from DIGSI, with
Windows 10 Professional and Enterprise (64-bit)
license for 10 computers (authorization using
See product information for supported service packs of the operating serial number)
systems including electronic help and service (update, hotline)
Interface languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese,
Chinese, Russian and Turkish selectable
Supplied on DVD-ROM.
Table 4.8/1 IEC 61850 System Configurator – Selection and Ordering Data
4.8

SIGRA – Description
Description
SIGRA user program supports you in analyzing failures in your
electrical power system. It graphically analyzes data recorded
during the failure and calculates additional supplemental quan-
tities such as impedances, powers or RMS values, from the
supplied measured values, making evaluation of the fault record
easier.
The quantities can be shown as desired in the diagrams of the
following views: time signals, phasor diagrams, locus
diagrams and harmonic components and fault locators and
represented in the table view.
After a system incident, it is especially important to quickly and
completely analyze the error, so that the respective measures
can be derived immediately from the cause analysis. This will
enable the original network status to be recovered and the
down time to be reduced to an absolute minimum.
As well as the usual time signal display of the recorded meas-
ured quantity, the current version is also set up to display
vector, pie and bar charts to show the harmonics and data [sc_SIGRA_Splash, 1, --_--]
tables. From the measured values recorded in the fault records,

Figure 4.9/1 Fault-Record Analysis with SIGRA
SIGRA calculates further values, for instance missing quantities
in the 3-phase electrical power system, impedances, outputs,
symmetrical components, etc. Using 2 measurement cursors,
• Calculation of additional values, such as positive-sequence
impedances, RMS values, symmetrical components, phasors
the fault current can be easily and conveniently evaluated. With
the aid of SIGRA however, further fault record can also be • 2 measuring cursors that are synchronized in all views
added. The signals from another fault record (for example, from • High-performance panning and zoom functions (for example,
the opposite end of the line) are added to the current signal section enlargement)
pattern using drag and drop.
• User-friendly project engineering via drag and drop
SIGRA facilitates the display of signals from various fault records
in one diagram as well as a fully automated synchronization of
• Innovative signal routing in a clearly structured matrix
these signals on a common time base. As well as the precise • Time-saving user profiles, which can be assigned to individual
determination of the individual factors of the line fault, the fault relay types or series
location is also of particular interest. • Addition of further fault records and synchronization of
A precise determination of the fault location saves time which multiple fault records with a common time base
the user can use for an on-site inspection of the error. This func- • Simple documentation through copying of the diagrams for
tion is also supported by SIGRA using the offline fault location example, into MS Office programs
function. SIGRA can be used for all fault records in COMTRADE
file format.
• Offline fault-location determination
• Commenting of fault records, and commenting of individual
The functions and advantages of SIGRA can only be optimally measuring points in diagrams and free placement of these
displayed directly on the product. Consequently, SIGRA is avail- comments in diagrams
able as a 30-day test version.
• Application of mathematical operations to signals.
Functions Hardware requirements
• Evaluation of fault records • Pentium 4 with 1 GHz processor or similar

4.9 • One-sided and two-sided offline fault location • 1 GB RAM (2 GB recommended)
• Synchronized display of various diagram types, such as time • Graphic display with resolution of 1024 × 768
signal display, locus diagrams, bar charts pixels (1280 × 1024 recommended)
• 6 diagram types: • 50 MB available hard disk space
– Time-signal representation (standard) • DVD ROM drive
– Locus diagram (for example for RX) • Keyboard and mouse
– Vector diagram (reading of angles) Software requirements
– Bar chart (for example for visualizing harmonics)
– Table (with values of several signals at the same point in
• MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and Professional
time) • MS Windows 8.1 Enterprise
– Fault-location determination (display of fault location) • MS Windows Server 2008 R2

SIGRA – Selection and Ordering Data

SIGRA SIGRA for DIGSI 7XS5410-0AA00
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records with license for 10 computers (authorization
using serial number). The DIGSI 4 license number
Executable under 32-bit and 64-bit MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and
is required to order.
Professional/MS Windows 8.1 Enterprise/MS Windows Server 2008 R2
SIGRA Stand-alone 7XS5416-0AA00
Further information for supported service packs of the operating systems
including sample fault record, electronic help and service (update, hotline) Installation without DIGSI 4 with license for
can be found in product information. 10 computers (authorization using serial number)
Interface languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, SIGRA Scientific 7XS5416-1AA00
Russian, Turkish, selectable Installation without DIGSI 4 only for scientific
incl. multimedia tutorial on separate CD-ROM equipment (university, technical college, research
institution) with license for 10 computers (author-
Supplied on DVD-ROM. ization using serial number)
SIGRA Trial 7XS5411-1AA00
Like SIGRA standalone version but only usable for
30 days (no authorization required)
Upgrade from SIGRA Trial to SIGRA Stand-alone 7 X S 5 4 1 6 - 2 A A 0 0
Like SIGRA standalone version for customers who
want to activate a trial version with full capabili-
ties and a license for 10 computers
Table 4.9/1 SIGRA Selection and Ordering Data
4.9

SIGRA – Selection and Ordering Data
4.9

Bay Controllers

Bay Controllers
Introduction
The use of innovative basic technologies (such as micro- bay controllers in particular can always be flexibly adapted to
processors and signal processors) has enabled the design of specific requirements.
integrated bay units. Thanks to their extensive functionality, the
General features
costs of automating supply systems can be reduced.
Siemens bay controllers control and monitor plants of all voltage
• Configuration of a large number of protection functions
levels. The large number of automatic functions permits the • Modular expansion of the quantity structure
device to be used in all fields of energy supply. The devices • Powerful automation with CFC
contain all important auxiliary functions that are necessary for
safe network operation today. This includes functions for protec- Bay controller Description
tion, control, measurement and monitoring. The large number SIPROTEC 6MD85 Bay controller for control and automation with
of communication interfaces and communication protocols optional protection functions; expandable HW
satisfies the requirements of communication-based selective SIPROTEC 6MD86 Bay controller for control, automation and optional
protection and of automated operation. protection functions; AREC (79) and SVS (50BF);
expandable hardware
SIPROTEC 5 railway bay controllers control and monitor plants in
railway power supply. They are suitable for the trunk lines and SIPROTEC 6MD89 Bay controllers for railway power supply
the distribution systems for contact wire power supply. They are SIPROTEC 6MD61 I/O box for easy extension of binary inputs and
equipped with 1- or 2-phase measurement and have a rated outputs as well as measurements
frequency of 16.7 Hz. SIPROTEC 6MD63 Bay controller mainly for medium-voltage and high-
voltage substations
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely,
SIPROTEC 6MD66 Bay controller for high-voltage substations
quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
functions. Due to modular surface mounting, the SIPROTEC 5
[ph_bay controller SIPROTEC, 1, --_--]
5.1 Figure 5.1/1 Siemens Bay Controllers

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Description
Description
The SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with protection function. It is designed
for use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As
part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it enables a wealth of protection
functions from the SIPROTEC library. The modular hardware
permits integration of the IOs depending on the action. Adapt
the hardware exactly to your requirements and rely on future-
oriented system solutions with high investment security and low
operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for medium and high to extra-

high voltage switchgear with integrated opera-
tion and comprehensive protection functions.
Powerful automation, simple configuration
with DIGSI 5
Inputs and outputs 5 predefined standard variants with 4 current
transformers, 4 voltage transformers, 11 to
75 binary inputs, 9 to 41 binary outputs [SIP5_GD_SS_W3, 1, --_--]
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity Figure 5.2/1 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD85 (1/3 Device with 1/6
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 Expansion Module with Key Switch Operation Panel)
modular system. If high requirements are
placed on the quantity structure, the device
can be extended in the 2nd row. For example, • Extensive cyber security functionality, such as role-based
240 (and more) binary inputs are possible with access control (RBAC), protocolling security-related events or
the IO230. signed firmware
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch • Simple, quick and secure access to device data via a standard
Web browser – without additional software
Benefits • Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
• Safe and reliable automation and control of your plants tions in the device
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software • Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with 3-
thanks to user-friendly design pole tripping
• Cyber security to NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require- • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half layout
ments • Selective protection of overhead lines and cables with single-
• Highest availability even under extreme environmental condi- ended and multi-ended feeders using protection communica-
tions by standard coating of the assemblies tion
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- • Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func-
tive solutions tion
• High investment security and low operating costs due to • Secure serial protection communication, also over great
future-oriented system solution distances and all available physical media (optical fiber, two-
wire connections and communication networks)
Functions • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
required. support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function • Synchrophasor measured values with the IEEE C37.118
from medium to extra-high voltage protocol integrated (PMU)
• Control of switching devices • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80
sec. at 8 kHz and 320 sec. at 2 kHz)
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Fixed integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 interface for DIGSI 5
and IEC 61850 (reporting and GOOSE) • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system.
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for 5.2
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850-8-1, Applications
IEC 61850-9-2, IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus
TCP, DNP3 serial and TCP, PROFINET IO) The SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with a protection function based on the
• Reliable data transmission via PRP and HSR protocols SIPROTEC 5 system. The standard variants of the SIPROTEC
• Arc protection 6MD85 device are delivered with instrument transformers.

Bay Controllers
Furthermore, protection-class current transformers are also – Switching sequence for automatic busbar switchover
possible in SIPROTEC 6MD85 devices, thus allowing protection preconfigured (triggered by function key)
functions to be used. Due to its high flexibility, the device is suit-
able as selective protection equipment for overhead lines and Double Busbar with Switching Sequence
cables with single-ended and multi-ended infeeds when protec-
Figure 5.2/2 shows a simple typical application with a
tion communication is used. The device supports all SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 6MD85 device on a double busbar. The circuit
system characteristics. It enables upgradeable system solutions
breaker function group includes the synchrocheck. The discon-
with high investment security and low operating costs.
nectors are also controlled by one function group each. Opera-
tional measured values and energy metered values are calcu-
Application Templates
lated in the VI_3-phase function group. They are available for
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica- output on the display, transfer to the substation automation
tions. They comprise basic configurations and default settings. technology, and processing in the CFC. A switching sequence
stored in the CFC that is activated via a function key starts an
automatic flow final node busbar switchover process.
The following application templates are available:
• SIPROTEC 6MD85 Standard
– Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protec-
tion
• SIPROTEC 6MD85 Extended control
– In addition to SIPROTEC 6MD85 Standard, also includes the
CFC blocks for switching sequences and arithmetic
5.2
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-1, 2, en_US]
Figure 5.2/2 Application Example: SIPROTEC 6MD85 Bay Controller for Double Busbars with Switching Sequence for Busbar Switchover

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Dimensioned Drawings
[dweinbpr-070211-01.tif, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.2/4 Flush-Mounting Devices, Dimensions from the Side and

[dweinboh-060812-01.tif, 2, en_US]
Front Views
Figure 5.2/3 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern
Refer to Table 5.2/2 for the variable dimension a.
Width of the Assembly
Opening in mm (in
Inches)
1/3 device (base module) 146+2 mm (5.75+0.08)
1/2 device (base module with one expansion 221+2 mm (8.7+0.08)
module)
2/3 device (base module with 2 expansion 296+2 mm(11.65+0.08)
modules)
5/6 device (base module with 3 expansion 371+2 mm (14.61+0.08)
modules)
modules)
Table 5.2/1 Cut-Out Widths
Dimension a
Housing widths in mm
(in Inches) [dwosopab-070211-01.tif, 3, en_US]
1/3 device 145 (5.71) Figure 5.2/5 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-site Operation
1/2 device 220 (8.66) Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)
Table 5.2/2 Variable Housing Widths
5.2
[dwosopin-070211-01.tif, 3, en_US]
Figure 5.2/6 1/3 Surface Mounting Device with Integrated On-site Oper-
ation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Selection and Ordering Data
Bay controllers – 6MD85

Housing: extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19‘‘ with painted assemblies (conformal coating)
Basic function with hardware standard variant13
J1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 14
Application templates/function points 16
Double busbar, standard
Extended control (75 function points)
Warranty extension
Warranty extension, annually
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850
SIPROTEC 5 plug-in modules
For product configuration and order no., see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
Table 5.2/3 SIPROTEC 6MD85 Selection and Ordering Data
5.2
13 Abbreviations: Housing width of 19 inches/BI: Binary inputs/BO: Binary outputs/S: Standard relay/F: fast relay
14 Small display with 16 LEDs
15 small display, no key switch, 16 LEDs
16 available functional scope as specified in the catalog or function point calculator in the order configurator

Bay Controllers
Description
and automation device with protection function. It is designed
for use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As
part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it enables a wealth of protection
functions from the SIPROTEC library. The modular hardware
permits integration of the I/Os depending on the application.
Adapt the hardware precisely to your requirements and rely on
the future-oriented system solutions with a high level of invest-
ment protection and low operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for medium and high to extra-

high voltage switchgear with integrated opera-
tion and comprehensive protection functions;
performance automation, simple configuration
with DIGSI 5
Inputs and outputs 6 predefined standard variants with 8 current
transformers, 8 voltage transformers, 11 to
75 binary inputs, 9 to 41 binary outputs [SIP5_GD_SS_W3, 1, --_--]
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity Figure 5.3/1 SIPROTEC 6MD86 (1/3 Device with 1/6 Expansion Module
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 with Key Switch Operation Panel)
modular system. If high requirements are
can be extended in the 2nd row. For example, • Reliable data transmission via PRP and HSR protocols
240 (and more) binary inputs are possible with • Extensive cyber security functionality, such as role-based
the IO230 (see Hardware section). access control (RBAC), protocolling security-related events or
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch signed firmware
• Simple, quick and secure access to device data via a standard
Benefits Web browser – without additional software
• Safe and reliable automation and control of your plants • Arc protection
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software • Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
thanks to user-friendly design tions in the device
• Cyber security to NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require- • Optional overcurrent protection with 3-pole tripping
ments
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half layout
• Highest availability even under extreme environmental condi- • Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func-
tions by standard coating of the assemblies
tion
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- • Secure serial protection communication, also over great
tive solutions
distances and all available physical media (optical fiber, two-
• High investment security and low operating costs due to wire connections and communication networks)
future-oriented system solution
• Capturing operational measured variables and protection
function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
Functions
support commissioning, and to analyze faults
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
required.
• Synchrophasor measured values with the IEEE C37.118
protocol integrated (PMU)
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80
from medium to extra-high voltage sec. at 8 kHz and 320 sec. at 2 kHz)
• Control of switching devices • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Synchrocheck, switchgear interlocking protection and switch- • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
related protection functions, such as circuit-breaker failure the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
protection and automatic reclosing
• Fixed integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 interface for DIGSI 5 Applications
and IEC 61850 (reporting and GOOSE)
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for and automation device with a protection function on the basis 5.3
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850-8-1, of the SIPROTEC 5 system. The standard variants of the
IEC 61850-9-2, IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus SIPROTEC 6MD86 device are delivered with instrument trans-
TCP, DNP3 serial and TCP, PROFINET IO) formers. Furthermore, protection-class current transformers are

Bay Controllers
also possible in SIPROTEC 6MD86 devices, allowing protection – Synchrocheck for the 3 circuit breakers with dynamic meas-
functions to be used. Due to its high flexibility, the device is suit- uring point switchover.
able as selective protection equipment for overhead lines and
cables with single-ended and multi-ended infeeds when protec-
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 2
tion communication is used. The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 – Control of part of a breaker-and-a-half bay
system characteristics. It enables upgradeable system solutions – Supports concepts with multiple bay controllers per bay
with high investment security and low operating costs. – Circuit-breaker failure protection and automatic reclosing
Application Templates Double Busbar with Protection Functions

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica- In Figure 5.3/2 the double busbar feeder is controlled and also
tions. They comprise basic configurations and default settings. protected by a 6MD86. For this purpose, circuit-breaker failure
protection and automatic reclosing are activated in the
The following application templates are available: circuit breaker function group. The UI_3phase function
group contains the protection functions overvoltage protec-
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 standard double busbar tion, frequency protection and power protection. In contrast
– Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protec- to Figure 5.2/2, it is therefore connected to the circuit breaker
tion so that the resulting trip signals have a destination. Such link-
– Synchrocheck for circuit breaker ages can quickly and flexibly be created in the DIGSI 5 editor
function group connections (Figure 5.3/3).
– Switching sequence for automatic busbar switchover
preconfigured (triggered by function key)
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 1
– Control of a breaker-and-a-half bay (3 circuit breakers, 14
disconnectors)
5.3

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD86 – Application Examples
Figure 5.3/2 Application Example: Bay Controller 6MD86 For Double Busbar with Protection Functions
Breaker-and-a-half Bay with Protection and Systems Control

Figure 5.3/4 shows a breaker-and-a-half bay with protection and
systems control. It is protected by 2 SIPROTEC 7SL87 line protec-
tion devices, which also assume circuit-breaker failure protec-
tion and automatic reclosing of the 3 circuit breakers. Control
of all switches and the synchrocheck of the circuit breakers is
assumed by the SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller. Figure 5.3/5
provides insight into the functions of the SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay
controller.
[Schutzobjekt, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/3 Assignment of the Function Group with Protection Func-

tions to the Switch (Protected Object)
5.3

Bay Controllers
[dw_1-5_CB-Feldleit-, 2, en_US]
Figure 5.3/4 Application Example: Breaker-and-A-Half Layout with a Bay Controller and 2 Line Protection Devices (Overview)
Figure 5.3/5 shows the principle of the dynamic switchover of bilities for each of the 2 voltages depending on the position of
the voltage measurements for the synchrocheck functions of the disconnector and circuit breaker. For the two outer QA1 and
the 3 circuit breakers in the SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller. QA3 circuit breakers, there is only one possibility (that is, the
5.3 Each synchrocheck function (ANSI number 25) requires both neighboring busbar), while the other voltage is connected by
voltages Vsync1 (feeder voltage) and Vsync2 (reference means of one of the 3 possibilities (likewise depending on the
voltage). With the middle QA2 circuit breaker, there are 2 possi- switch position).

Bay Controllers
Figure 5.3/5 Application Example: Breaker-and-A-Half Layout with a Bay Controller and 2 Line Protection Devices (Detail for Bay Controller)
5.3

Bay Controllers
[Spannungskanäle, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/6 Routing of the Possible Voltage Terminals to the 3 Circuit-Breaker Function Groups
Figure 5.3/6 shows the routing in the Function Group Connec- The ID number of the measured values are used to select the
tions editor. All voltages which are considered as a feeder or voltages which are currently operationally attached in a CFC
reference voltage for the synchrocheck are allocated to the chart (Figure 5.3/7).
Vsync1 or Vsync2 inputs.
[CFC, 1, en_US]
5.3 Figure 5.3/7 CFC Chart to Select the Synchrocheck Reference Voltages

Bay Controllers
Use as a Phasor Measurement Unit If the Phasor Measurement Unit option is selected, the
At selected stations of the transmission system, a measurement devices determine current and voltage phasors, add high-preci-
of current and voltage for absolute value and phase is carried sion time stamps and send these together with other measured
out using PMUs. Due to the high-precision time synchronization values (frequency, rate of change of frequency) via the commu-
(via GPS), the measured values from different substations that nication protocol IEEE C37.118 to an evaluation station, see
are far removed from each other are compared, and conclusions Figure 5.3/9. With the aid of the synchrophasor and a suitable
about the system state and dynamic events, such as power fluc- analysis program (for example, SIGUARD PDP), it is possible to
tuations, are drawn from the phase angles and dynamic curves. automatically detect power swings and trip alarms which, for
instance, are sent to the network control center.
[dw_zeigermessung_pmu, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/8 Principle of the Distributed Phasor Measurement
5.3

Bay Controllers
[dw_struct_WAM, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/9 Connecting 3 Phasor Measurement Units with 2 Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
When the PMU function is used, a FG PMU function group is interface. There, they can be received from one or more clients,
created in the device. This function group calculates the phasor saved and processed. Up to 3 IP addresses from clients can be
and analog values, performs time stamping and transmits the assigned in the device.
data with the protocol IEEE C37.118 to the selected Ethernet
5.3

Bay Controllers
Figure 5.3/10 Application Example: Double Busbar with SIPROTEC 6MD86 Used as a Bay Controller and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
5.3

Bay Controllers

Front Views
Opening in mm (in
Inches)
module)
modules)
modules)
modules)
Dimension a
1/3 device 145 (5.71) Figure 5.3/13 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-site Opera-
1/2 device 220 (8.66) tion Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)
5.3
Figure 5.3/14 1/3 Surface Mounting Device with Integrated On-site

Operation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views

Bay Controllers
Bay controllers – 6MD86

Housing: extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19" with painted assemblies (conformal coating)
Basic function with hardware standard variant 17
K1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 18
Breaker-and-a-half, Type 1
Breaker-and-a-half, Type 2 (75 function points)
Warranty extension
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850
For product configuration and order no., see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
5.3
18 Large display with 16 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electric)
19 Large display with key switch, with 32 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electric)

Bay Controllers
Description
The SIPROTEC 6MD89 bay controller is a universal control and
automation device with a protection function for railway appli-
cations (1-phase and 2-phase systems with a rated frequency of
16.7 Hz). It is designed for use in all voltage levels from contact
wire power supply to power transmission. As part of the
SIPROTEC 5 family, it enables a wealth of protection functions
from the SIPROTEC library. The modular hardware permits inte-
gration of the I/Os depending on the application. Adapt the
hardware precisely to your requirements and rely on the future-
oriented system solutions with a high level of investment
protection and low operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for railway applications, opti-

mized for 1- and 2-phase systems with a rated
frequency of 16.7 Hz. Integrated operation and
extensive protection functions are possible.
Powerful automation, simple configuration
with DIGSI 5
[SIP5_OD_o.LED_W3, 1, --_--]
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants, flexible exten-
sion possible Figure 5.4/1 Railway Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD89 (1/3 Device with
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity 1/6 Expansion Module)
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
modular system. If high requirements are • Reliable data transmission via PRP and HSR protocols
can be extended in the 2nd row. For example,
• Extensive cyber security functionality, such as role-based
240 (and more) binary inputs are possible with
access control (RBAC), protocolling security-related events or
the IO230 (see SIPROTEC 5 Hardware section) signed firmware
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch • Simple, quick and secure access to device data via a standard
Web browser – without additional software
Benefits • Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tions in the device
• Safe and reliable automation and control of your plants
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software • Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with 2-
thanks to user-friendly design pole tripping
• Cyber security to NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require- • Overcurrent protection
ments • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
• Highest availability even under extreme environmental condi-
tions by standard coating of the assemblies support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 20
tive solutions sec. at 8 kHz and 80 sec. at 2 kHz
• High investment security and low operating costs due to • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
future-oriented system solution • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
Functions
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as Applications
required. The SIPROTEC 6MD89 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with a protection function for railway
• Integrated bay controller, optimized for 1-phase and 2-phase applications based on the SIPROTEC 5 system. The device is
systems with a rated frequency of 16.7 Hz.
designed for 1-phase and 2-phase systems with a rated
• Control of switching devices frequency of 16.7 Hz. and supports all SIPROTEC 5 characteris-
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection tics. The device enables upgradeable system solutions with high
investment security and low operating costs.
• Fixed integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 interface for DIGSI 5
and IEC 61850 (reporting and GOOSE)
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 serial
5.4
and TCP, PROFINET IO)

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD89 – Application Templates
Application Templates The following application templates are available:

Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica- • SIPROTEC 6MD89 Standard
tions. They comprise basic configurations and default settings.
– Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protec-
tion
• SIPROTEC 6MD89 blank application template
– Blank application template for customer-specific engi-
neering
[dw_6MD89-Application-double-busbar, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.4/2 Application Example: Bay Controller Railway 6MD89 for Double Busbar
5.4

Bay Controllers

Front Views
Opening in mm (in
Inches)
module)
modules)
modules)
modules)
Dimension a
1/3 device 145 (5.71) Figure 5.4/5 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-site Operation
1/2 device 220 (8.66) Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)
5.4
Figure 5.4/6 1/3 Surface Mounting Device with Integrated On-site Oper-
ation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views

Bay Controllers
Bay controller – 6MD89

Housing: extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19‘‘ with painted assemblies (conformal coating)
Basic function with hardware standard variant 21
AB1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 22
AB2: 1/2, 35 BI, 33 BO (1 Life, 26S, 6F), 4 cur.trf., 4 vlt.trf. 23

Warranty extension
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850 without GOOSE
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI, IEC 61850 incl. GOOSE
For product configuration and order no. see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
5.4
22 Without display, with 16 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electrical)
23 Without display, with 32 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electrical)

Bay Controllers
Description
SIPROTEC 4 I/O box 6MD61 Available functional scope as speci-
fied in the catalog or function point calculator in the order
configurator It can be used directly in the bay together with
other SIPROTEC 4 - devices and also together with SICAM PAS as
a central process connection.
The I/O box is based on the SIPROTEC devices 6MD63 and
6MD66 and can therefore be easily integrated in systems with
other SIPROTEC 4 devices.
The I/O box supports a broad range of requirements in accord-
ance with additional binary inputs (BI) and binary outputs (BO),
starting at 20 BI + 10 BO up to 80 BI + 53 BO. All important
standard communication protocols are supported. With IEC
GOOSE communication, direct information exchange with other
SIPROTEC devices is facilitated. For reasons of simplicity and cost
reductions, the I/O box is only available without automation
[ph_SIPROTEC 6MD61, 1, --_--]
(CFC), operation panel or display.
Figure 5.5/1 I/O Box SIPROTEC 6MD61
Functions
Application Examples
Monitoring functions
The following pictures show the most important applications of
• Operational measured values (only 6MD612) the SIPROTEC I/O box 6MD61.
• Energy metered value (only 6MD612) Configuration in Figure 5.5/2 allows direct GOOSE communica-
• Operating hour counting tion between the SIPROTEC 4 devices (6MD66, 7SJ63) and the
• Self-monitoring of the relay I/O boxes independently of the substation controller. This
configuration is of course also possible without substation
Communication interfaces
controller. The I/O box is used for additional digital inputs and
• IEC 61850 Ethernet measurements (measurements only with 6MD612) and serves
• IEC 60870-5-103 protocol as additional command output.
• PROFIBUS FMS
• PROFIBUS DP
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Product features
• Standard SIPROTEC hardware for simple configuration with
DIGSI
• Full electromagnetic compatibility like all other SIPROTEC
devices
[dw_config_with_io-box_in_iec61850, 1, en_US]
• Housing can be used for surface mounting or flush mounting
(devices are always supplied with 2 angle rails for surface Figure 5.5/2 Configuration with I/O Box at an IEC 61850 Substation
mounting. For flush mounting, these rails can be removed.)
Communication between I/O box and substation controller is set
• 3 different types of inputs and outputs available. up via the standard protocol IEC 61850. Figure 5.5/3 shows a
configuration, in which the I/O box is used as a central process
Applications
connection in the substation controller cabinet. In this way, the
• Extending the number of inputs and outputs of the bay indicator lamps of the cabinet, for instance, or an audible alarm
controller is controlled by the command relay of the I/O box.
• Extending the number of inputs and outputs of the protection
device
• Central process connection for SICAM PAS
5.5

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD61 – Application Example
[dw_io-box_as_central_input-output, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/3 I/O Box as Central Input/Output for the SICAM PAS Substa-
tion Controller
Figure 5.5/4 shows the communication for stations without

using an Ethernet protocol. In this case, all communication
connections lead directly to the substation controller. In case
information from the I/O box is used for the switchgear inter-
locking protection, the interlocking logic must be part of the
systems control.
[dw_dir_connec_io-box_and_device, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/4 Direct Connection of I/O Boxes and Protection Devices to

the Substation Controller Using Standard Protocol
5.5

Bay Controllers
Dimensioned Drawings
[dw_6md612_13, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/6 Dimensional Drawing: SIPROTEC 6MD612/6MD613 –

Surface-Mounting Housing (1/1 Housing)
[dw_6md611, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/5 Dimensional Drawing: SIPROTEC 6MD611 – Surface-

Mounting Housing (1/2 Housing)
5.5

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
SIPROTEC 6MD61 6 M D 6 1 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Digital control device for control and data acquisition ││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
20 binary inputs, 6 command relays, 4 (2)
power relays, 1 life contact (corre- 1│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
sponding to 6MD634) in housing 1/2 19"
33 binary inputs, 14 command relays,
8 (4) power relays, 1 life contact, 2 x
2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
20 mA, 3 x V, 4 x l (corresponding to
6MD636) in housing 1/1 19"
80 binary inputs, 53 command relays,
3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 life contact in housing 1/1 19"
Current transformer: Rated current IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
No analog measured quantities 0 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 25 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A 25 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V to 48 V, binary input threshold DC
2││ │ │ │ │ │
19 V 26
DC 60 V, binary input threshold DC 19 V 26 3││ │ │ │ │ │
DC 110 V, binary input threshold DC 88 V
26
4││ │ │ │ │ │
DC 220 V to 250 V, DC 115 V to 230 V,

binary input threshold DC 176 V for binary
input no. 8-80 for 6MD613 (C-I/O 4), 5││ │ │ │ │ │
otherwise binary input threshold DC 88 V
26
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, screw termi-
nals (direct connection/ring-type lugs),
without operation panel flush mounting in F │ │ │ │ │ │
low-voltage box (can also be installed as a
flush mounting device)
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │
Region GE, 50 Hz, German language
A │ │ │ │ │
(language can be selected)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, English language
B │ │ │ │ │
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, US-English
C │ │ │ │ │
language (language can be changed)
Region FR, French language (language can
D │ │ │ │ │
be changed)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │
5.5
25 only with position 6 = 2
26 The thresholds can be changed for each signal input between 19 V and 88 V, for 6MD613 BI no. 8-80 also to 176 V

Bay Controllers

Continued from previous page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
SIPROTEC 6MD61 6 MD 6 1 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interfaces (back of device port B) │ │ │ │ │
No system interface 0 │ │ │ │
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical
1 │ │ │ │
RS232
2 │ │ │ │
RS485
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical
3 │ │ │ │
820 nm, ST connector
│ │ │ │ │
DIGSI 4-/modem - interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │ │
No interface │ 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 │ 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 │ 2 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector │ 3 │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L 9 │ L 0 □
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 │ A
PROFIBUS DP Slave, optical 820 nm,
│ B
double ring, ST connector
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically
│ R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with inte-
│ S
grated switch, optical, doubled, LC-plug
DIGSI 4-/modem - interface (rear side of device) │
No interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
5.5

Bay Controllers
Description
5.6
The 6MD63 bay controller is a flexible, easy to operate control
unit. It is optimally matched to medium-voltage applications,
but can also be used in high-voltage switching systems. The bay
controller 6MD63 has the same design (look and feel) as the
other protection and combination devices of the SIPROTEC 4
device range. The configuration is also executed in a uniform
manner with the easy to operate DIGSI 4 configuration tool.
For operation, a large, graphical display with a keyboard is avail-
able. The most important operating sequences such as
displaying the alarm list or switchgear control take place in a
simple and intuitive way. The operation panel can be mounted
separately from the device if necessary. This provides flexibility
in relation to the device installation location. Integrated key
switches control the switching authority and switching authori-
zation for switching operations without interlocking.
[ph_SIPROTEC 6MD63, 1, --_--]
Functions Figure 5.6/1 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD63

Operating functions
– Modbus
• The number of switching devices is only limited by the
number of available inputs and outputs – Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/temperature
recording (RTD unit)
• Position of the switching elements is shown on the graphical – Front interface for DIGSI 4
display
– Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
• Switchover between on-site and remote control using key
switch
Applications
• Command derivation from message
• Optimized for connection to three-position disconnector
• 4 freely usable function keys for accelerating frequently recur- switch
ring operating processes
• Switchgear interlocking protection
• Switchgear interlocking protection for all disconnectors and
circuit breakers • Suitable for redundant central systems
• Key switch for switching authority • Automation using a CFC can be easily designed in a graphical
manner
• Control display
• Measured-value acquisition
• Display and command messages
• P, Q, cos φ (power factor) and counter value calculation
• Message logging
• Switching statistics
• Operational measured values
• energy metered values
• Operating hour counting
• Slave pointer
• Self-monitoring of the device
Communication interfaces
• System interface
– IEC 61850 Ethernet
– Protocol IEC 60870-5-103
– PROFIBUS FMS
– DNP3
– PROFIBUS DP

Bay Controllers
5.6
[dw_6md66x_4-3, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/4 Dimensional Drawing for Panel Surface Mounting

(Housing Size 1/2)
[dw_6md66x_4-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/2 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device for Switch Panel and
Cabinet Flush Mounting (Housing Size 1/2)
[dw_6md66x_4-4, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/5 Dimensional Drawing for Panel Surface Mounting

(Housing Size 1/1)
[dw_6md66x_4-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/3 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device for Switch Panel and
Cabinet Flush Mounting (Housing Size 1/1)

Bay Controllers
5.6
[dw_6md66x_4-5, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/6 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device (Housing Size 1/2)

for Surface Mounting with Detached On-Site Operation
Panel or without Operation Panel
[dw_6md66x_4-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/7 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device (Housing Size 1/1)

for Surface Mounting with Detached On-Site Operation
Panel or without Operation Panel

Bay Controllers

5.6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
Bay controller 6 MD 6 3 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Housing, binary inputs and outputs, measuring transducers ││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing 1/2 19", 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 life contact 1│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing 1/2 19", 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 power
2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact
Housing 1/2 19", 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 meas-
uring transducer inputs, 4 power relays, 3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 life contact
4│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact 27
5│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact
Housing 1/1 19", 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 meas-
uring transducer inputs, 8 power relays, 1 6│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
life contact
7│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact 27
Current transformer In │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No analog measured quantities 0 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 28 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5A 28 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V to 48 V, binary input threshold DC
2││ │ │ │ │ │ │
19 V
DC 60 V to 125 V, binary input threshold
4││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 19 V 29
DC 110 V to 250 V, AC 115 to 230 V, DC
5││ │ │ │ │ │ │
binary input threshold 88 V 30
Continued on next page ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
27 Only if position 7 = 0
28 The rated current ranges 1 A/5 A can be adapted using jumpers.
29 The pickup thresholds can be adjusted between DC 19 V and DC 88 V for each binary input by using jumpers.
30 The pickup thresholds can be adjusted between DC 19 V and DC 88 V for each binary input by using jumpers

Bay Controllers

5.6
Bay controller 6 MD 6 3 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, spring-loaded
terminal, detached operation panel, flush A │ │ │ │ │ │ │
mounting in low-voltage box
Surface-mounting housing, two-tier
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │
terminal top/bottom
Surface-mounting housing, screw termi-
nals (direct connection/ring-type lugs)
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Detached operation panel, flush mounting
in low-voltage box
Flush-mounting housing, spring-loaded
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │
terminals (2/3-pole plug)
Flush-mounting housing, screw terminals
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │
(direct connection/ring-type lugs)
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type
terminals (direct connection / ring-type
F │ │ │ │ │ │ │
lugs), without operation panel, installation
in a low-voltage box
Surface-mounting housing, spring-loaded
terminals, not including operation panel, G │ │ │ │ │ │ │
flush mounting in low-voltage box
Continued on next page ││ │ │ │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

5.6
Bay controller 6 MD 6 3 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - □ A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │
A │ │ │ │ │ │
(language can be changed)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, English
B │ │ │ │ │ │
C │ │ │ │ │ │
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │
System interfaces (rear side of device) │ │ │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │ │ │
1 │ │ │ │ │
RS232
2 │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L 9 │ │ L 0 □
│ │ ▲
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 │ │ A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm,
│ │ B
double ring, ST connector 31
Modbus RS485 │ │ D
Modbus, optical 820 nm, ST connector 31 │ │ E
DNP3, RS485 │ │ G
DNP3, optical 820 nm, ST connector 31 │ │ H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically
│ │ R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with inte-
grated switch, optical, doubled, LC-plug │ │ S
32.
DIGSI-/modem interface (rear side of device) │ │

No rear DIGSI interface 0 │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1 │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2 │
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3 │
Measuring │
Without slave pointer, mean values,
0
min/max values
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max
2
values
31 If the 9th position = “B” (surface-mounting housing, two-tier terminals), order with electrical Ethernet and use an electrical/optical switch
32 If the 9th position ="B" (surface-mounting housing, two-tier terminal), please order with electrical Ethernet and use an electrical/optical switch

Bay Controllers
Description
The high-voltage bay controller 6MD66 is the control device for
high-voltage bays from the SIPROTEC 4 device series. Thanks to 5.7
its integrated functions, it is an optimal cost-effective solution
for high-voltage switchgear. The bay controller 6MD66 has the
same design (look and feel) as the other protection and combi-
nation devices of the SIPROTEC 4 device range. The configura-
tion is executed in a uniform manner with the easy to operate
DIGSI 4 configuration tool. A large graphic display with a
keyboard is provided for on-site operation. The most important
operating processes, such as displaying an alarm list or control-
ling switching devices, are performed in a uniform and intuitive
manner. The operation panel can be mounted separately from
the device if necessary. This provides flexibility in relation to the
device installation location. Integrated key switches control the
switching authority and switching authorization for switching
operations without interlocking. Precision measurements (± [ph_SIPROTEC 6MD66, 1, --_--]
0.5%) of voltage, current and calculated P and Q values are addi-
tional features of the device. Figure 5.7/1 SIPROTEC 6MD66 High-voltage Bay Controller
Functions – IEC 61850 Ethernet

– Protocol IEC 60870-5-103
• Integrated synchrocheck for synchronous switching-on of the
circuit breaker – PROFIBUS FMS/DP
– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Switch-related protection functions (circuit-breaker failure
protection 50BF, automatic reclosing 79) – Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
• Automation using a CFC can be easily designed in a graphical
manner
Communication
• Flexible, powerful measured-value processing
With regard to the communication between the components,
• Connection for 4 voltage transformers, 3 current transformers the focus is on the functions of SIPROTEC 4 that are necessary
and two 20-mA measuring transducers
for power automation:
• Signal volume for high voltage • Every data element is provided with time information at its
• Up to fourteen 1.5-pole circuit breakers can be operated. source, that is, where it originates.
• Up to eleven 2-pole switching devices can be operated. • Information is labeled according to its origin (for example,
• Up to 65 signaling inputs, up to 45 command relays whether a command originates on-site or remotely ).
• Can be supplied in 3 versions (signal volume): • The feedback for switching processes is associated with the
– as 6MD662 device (35 indications, 25 commands), 6MD663 commands.
(50 indications, 35 commands) or 6MD664 (65 indications, • The communication automatically handles the transmission of
45 commands); number of measured values is the same large data blocks such as file transfers.
• Switchgear interlocking protection • To ensure reliable execution of the command, the signal in
question is first confirmed in the unit that executes the
• Inter-device communication with other devices in the 6MD66 command. Feedback is output once the command has been
device series, independently of a connection to the network
control center activated (for example, an interlocking check, target = actual
check) and executed.
• Suitable for redundant network control centers
In addition to the communication interfaces on the rear wall of
• Display of the operational measured values of V, I, P, Q, S, f, the device, which are designed according to requirements, there
cos φ (power factor) (1 and 3-phase measurement)
is an RS232 interface on the front side for connecting DIGSI. It is
• Limiting values for measured values used for quick diagnosis and loading parameters. DIGSI 4 reads
• Can be supplied both in the standard housing for cabinet flush out the entire status of the device online and presents it online.
mounting and with a separate display for free placement of That facilitates diagnosis and documentation considerably.
the control elements Control
• 4 freely usable function keys for accelerating frequently recur- The bay controllers in the 6MD66 series have command outputs
ring operating processes and signaling inputs oriented specifically to the requirements of
Communication interfaces high-voltage technology. The 2-pole control of a switching
device is shown as an example (see Figure 5.7/2). In this
• System interface example, 2 poles of the circuit breaker are switched on and 1

Bay Controllers
pole is off. All the other switching devices (disconnector,

grounding conductor) are switched on and off with 1.5-poles. A
maximum of 14 switching devices can be controlled in this
5.7
manner.
[dw_con_diagram_switching, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/2 Connection Diagram of the Switching Devices (Circuit

Breaker 2-pole ON, 1-pole OFF; Disconnector/Grounding
Conductor 1.5-pole)
Complete 2-pole control of all switching devices is therefore

possible (see Figure 5.7/3). However, more contacts are
required for this. A maximum of 11 switching devices can be
controlled in this manner.
[dw_con_diagram_CB, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/3 2-pole Connection Diagram for Circuit Breakers and

Disconnectors
You can find further information at www.siemens.de/siprotec

Bay Controllers
5.7
[dw_6md66_dim_panel-flush, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/4 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD66x Device for Switch Panel

and Cabinet Flush Mounting
[dw_6md66_dim_surface, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/5 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD66x Device for Surface

Mounting with/without a Detached Operation Panel

Bay Controllers

5.7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
6MD66 bay controller 6 M D 6 6 2 □ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 35 single-
point indications, 22 1-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole
commands and double commands); 3 single commands connected to common poten-
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
tial, 1 life contact, use as make contact or break contact possible (selectable via
jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via transformer direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer
inputs (20 mA)
Current transformer IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A/150% IN 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A/200% IN 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5A 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 150% IN 6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A/200% IN 7 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
19 V
DC 60 V, binary input threshold 19 V 33 3││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 110 V, binary input threshold 88 V 34 4││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 176 V 33
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated
on-site operation (graphic display,
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
keyboard), spring-loaded terminals (2/3-
pole AMP connectors)
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated
on-site operation (graphic display,
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
keyboard), screw terminals (direct connec-
tion/ring-type lugs)
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
33 The thresholds can be changed for each signal input between 19 V, 88 V, 176 V by using jumpers
34 Not for double PROFIBUS DP (11th position = 9 and short code L1A)

Bay Controllers

6 MD 6 6 2 □ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □ 5.7
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interfaces on rear side of device (interface B) │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring,
9 │ │ │ │ L 0 B
ST connector
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, electrical
9 │ │ │ │ L 1 A
RS485 (2nd module on port D)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical,
9 │ │ │ │ L 0 R
double, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical,
double LC connector with integrated 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 S
switch
Function interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, interface C 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 or measured
2 │ │ │
value box connection, interface C
Measured value box on interface C and
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, 3 │ │ │
interface D 34
With RS485 interface for inter-device
4 │ │ │
communication, interface C
With RS485 interface for inter-device
communication, interface C and DIGSI 4
5 │ │ │
optical, 820 nm, ST connector, interface D
34
Measured-value processing │ │ │
With full measured-value processing and
A │ │
-display
No measured-value processing, no meas-
F │ │
ured-value display 35
Synchronization │ │
With synchronization A │
Without synchronization F │
Protection functionality │
Without 0
With automatic reclosing (AREC),
1
including fault record
With circuit-breaker failure protection
2
(CBFP), including fault record
With automatic reclosing (AR) and circuit-
breaker failure protection (CBFP), 3
With fault record functionality 4
35 Only for 16th position = 0 or 4 (no protection functions)

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5.7 Continued from previous page 6 M D 6 6 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 50 single-point
indications, 32 1-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole commands and double
commands); 3 single commands connected to common potential, 1 life contact, use as make 3 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
contact or break contact possible (adjustable via jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via trans-
former direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs (20 mA)
Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 65 single-point
indications, 42 1-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole commands and double
commands); 3 single commands connected to common potential, 1 life contact, use as make 4 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
contact or break contact possible (adjustable via jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via trans-
former direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs (20 mA)
Current transformer IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A/150% IN 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A/200% IN 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5A 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 150% IN 6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A/200% IN 7 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V to 48 V, binary input threshold 19 V
33
2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 60 V, binary input threshold 19 V 33 3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │

DC 110 V, binary input threshold 88 V 33 4 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
176 V 33
Design structure │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, detached opera-
tion panel, installation in low voltage box,
A │ │ │ │ │ │
spring-loaded terminals (2/3-pole AMP
connectors)
Surface-mounting housing, without operation
panel, installation in low voltage box, spring- B │ │ │ │ │ │
loaded terminals (2/3-pole AMP connectors)
Surface-mounting housing, detached opera-
tion panel, installation in low voltage box,
C │ │ │ │ │ │
screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-
type lugs)
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated on-
site operation (graphic display, keyboard),
D │ │ │ │ │ │
spring-loaded terminals (2/3-pole AMP
connectors)
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated on-
site operation (graphic display, keyboard),
E │ │ │ │ │ │
screw terminals (direct connection/ring-type
lugs)
Surface-mounting housing without operation
panel, installation in low voltage box, screw-
F │ │ │ │ │ │
type terminals (direct connection/ring-type
lugs)
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
Continued from previous page 6 MD 6 6 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □ 5.7

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region USA (ANSI) 60 Hz, US-English
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
System interfaces on rear side of device (interface B) │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No system interface 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 │ │ │ │ │ L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, electrical 9 │ │ │ │ L 1 A
RS485 (2nd module on port D)
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm, 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 B
double ring, ST connector
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, optical double 9 │ │ │ │ L 1 B
ring, ST connector (2nd module on port
D)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 S
double, LC connector with integrated
switch
Continued on next page │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5.7 Continued from previous page 6 M D 6 6 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Function interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, interface C 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 or measured value 2 │ │ │
box connection, interface C
Measured value box on interface C and
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, inter- 3 │ │ │
face D 36
With RS485 interface for inter-device commu-
4 │ │ │
nication, interface C
With RS485 interface for inter-device commu-
nication, interface C and DIGSI 4 optical, 5 │ │ │
820 nm, ST connector, interface D 36
Measured-value processing │ │ │
With full measured-value processing and
A │ │
-display
No measured-value processing, no measured-
F │ │
value display 37
Synchronization │ │
With synchronization A │
Without synchronization F │
Protection functionality │
Without 0
With automatic reclosing (AREC), including
1
fault record
With circuit-breaker failure protection (CBFP),
2
With automatic reclosing (AR) and circuit-
breaker failure protection (CBFP), including 3
fault record
With fault record functionality 4
36 Not for double PROFIBUS DP (11th position = 9 and short code L1A)
37 Only for 16th position = 0 or 4 (no protection functions)


Description
The applications for the SICAM A8000 series extends from distri-
bution-system automation, via the connection of renewable
energies (wind, solar, hydro), right up to railway power supply
and industrial applications. Customer requirements like IT
security, scalability, flexible communication, space-saving
design, and suitability for rough environmental conditions have
6.1 been taken into account when designing the SICAM A8000.
With the new CP and expansion modules, the SICAM A8000
series with its modular components offers optimized solutions
for any performance requirement.
SICAM A8000 – Module Types
• Processor modules (up to 34 interfaces)
• Power supplies (DC 24 V to 60 V; DC 110 V to 220 V; AC
230 V)
• Communication expansion modules Ethernet or serial
• Interface modules for max. 16 expansion lines
• Binary inputs (DC 24 V; 48/60 V; 110 V; 220 V) [ph_SICAM A8000_5 devices, 1, --_--]
• Binary outputs (DC 24/48/60/110/220 V; AC 110/230 V) Figure 6.1/1 SICAM A8000 Devices
• Analog inputs (-20 mA/+20 mA; -10 V/+10 V; Pt 100)
• Analog outputs (-20 mA/+20 mA; -10 mA/+10 mA; -10 V/+10 • CP-8022: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485,
1 x RS232/RS485 (selectable), 1 x GPRS
V)
• Input current/voltage (1A/5 A; LoPo; 230 V) • CP-8050: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485, up
to 10 x Ethernet or 30 x serial with CI-modules
modules can be plugged in any order and are suitable for the
• IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104, Modbus RTU/TCP
smallest spaces due to their module width of 30 mm. • IEC 61850 Ed1/Ed2 Client & Server incl. GOOSE
• DNP3 Master/Slave serial, TCP/IP
Benefits
• Further protocols on request
• Suitable for rough ambient conditions due to expanded Auxiliary Voltage
temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
• The increased EMC stability of up to 5 kV (IEC 60255) qualifies • DC 24 V to 60 V (12 W or 45 W)
the devices for direct use in switchgears • DC 110 V to 220 V (12 W or 45 W)
• Straightforward engineering with the integrated Web parame- • AC 230 V (45 W)
terization tool • Redundancy possible
• Fulfills high cyber security requirements thanks to the inte- Inputs/Outputs
grated crypto chip and IPSec encryption
• CP-8000: max. 116 I/Os with up to 6 expansion modules
• High investment security through use of international stand- • CP-8021, CP-8022: max. 128 I/Os with up to 8 expansion
ards such as IEC 61850, IEC 60870 5 101/103/104, etc.
modules
• The modular platform provides versatile application options • CP-8050: max. 2048 I/Os with up to 16 expansion lines,
and reduces inventory
8 expansion modules each
• Adaption to existing communication infrastructures with its Real-Time Clock
multitude of interfaces and the integrated GPRS module
• The integrated short-circuit indicator functionality allows the • +/- 2 pm, time synchronization via NTP, SNTP
use in network monitoring Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Time and cost savings thanks to easy installation and mainte- • IEC 60870-2-1, IEC 61010, IEC 60255-5, IEC 61000-4,
nance – plug and play EN 55022, CE marking
Device Characteristics Temperature Range
Communication Interfaces and Protocols • From -40 °C to +70 °C
• CP-8000: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
• CP-8021: 2 x RJ45 (Ethernet), 1 x RS232 (RJ45), 1 x RS485

Housing Specification
• Plastic housing for DIN rail mounting
• Dimensions CP-8000: 128 mm x 124 mm x 123 mm (W/H/D)
• Dimensions CP-8021/22/50, CI, PS, and expansion modules:
30 mm x 132 mm x 124 mm (W/H/D)
Special Features
6.1
• Integrated display and function keys at CP-8000
• Integrated Web server for configuration and diagnostics with
CP-8000/21/22, Engineering via SICAM Device Manager or
SICAM TOOLBOX II for A8000 serie
• Data storage via SD memory card (storage of parameters and
device firmware)
• Freely programmable user programs as per IEC 61131-3
• Device redundancy with CP-8050
• Future security standard:
– BDEW white paper conformity
– Integrated crypto chip
– IPSec encryption
– HTTPS protocol
– Firmware signature
– Security Logbook
Additional with CP-8050:
– Integrated software firewall
– Role-based access control
– Configurable system functions
– Hardware-based application layer firewall for IEC
60870-5-104
– Automated certificate handling via EST protocol
For further information see Fields of Application, Page 35 .

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Description
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 distribution system protection is used for
protection and automatic functions in feeders with a grounded,
low-impedance grounded, isolated or compensated neutral
point design.
Protection functions can be configured flexibly; the user can
create up to 20 additional protection functions specifically for
his requirements. Primary switching devices such as grounding
6.2
conductors, disconnector switches and load switches/circuit
breakers can be monitored.
With the integrated programmable logic (CFC), the user can
implement his own functions, such as automation of a bay
(interlocking, load shedding programs). The option of gener-
ating user-specific messages demonstrates the versatility of the
device.
The device has attachable or Web-based HMI 32 LEDs and 9
freely programmable function keys for direct shortcuts or
various applications.
Special features
• Support of applications for distribution-system automation [SIPROTEC_7SC80_W3, 1, --_--]
• Designed for harsh environmental conditions Figure 6.2/1 SIPROTEC 7SC80 Front View with HMI
• Extended temperature range from -50 °C to 85 °C • Millisecond-accurate time synchronization via Ethernet with
• Flexible communication possibilities, for example for radio SNTP
transmission specifically for feeder automation
• Inputs for small-signal current and voltage transformers
• Built-in GPS module or IRIG B for time synchronization according to IEC 61869-10 and 11
• Remote access for firmware and parameter updates
Benefits
• Meets security requirements of the BDEW
• The Web-based HMI allows complete remote control and tele- • Rapid fault location detection
monitoring of the device. Disconnection of the faulty feeder
Resupply with healthy feeder
• 9 freely programmable function keys
• Support and expanded programming functions for feeder
• 6-line display automation applications
• Integrated switch for cost-effective and redundant optical ring • Pluggable terminals with integrated 2-pole cross connectors
feeders; for electrical modules, this can be used for directly
cascading (concatenating) devices • Data transmission up to 24 km with single-mode cable, up to
4 km with multi-mode cable
• Communication protocols running in parallel
• Flexible communication possibilities, for example for radio
• Redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for maximum availa- transmission specifically for feeder automation
bility
• Built-in GPS module for time synchronization and location
• Jump detection for currents and voltages detection
• Expanded programming functions • Complete remote control and telemonitoring as well as firm-
• Single-mode interface for 24 km ware upgrades
• RTU version without protection function • Battery supervision and management
• Plug-in connections
• Secondary current transformer values (1 A/5 A) can be
adjusted with DIGSI
• Back-up battery can be replaced without opening the device
• USB front interface
• Inter-device communication via Ethernet with IEC 61850
GOOSE
• Stainless steel housing for flush mounting or surface
mounting

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Applications
Applications
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 distribution system protection is a digital
protection device that also carries out control and monitoring
tasks. This supports economical management by the user and
ensures reliable supplying of customers with electrical energy
The device operation was designed according to economic
aspects. A great deal of value was placed on a very legible
display and large function keys. Numerous conditions and
alarms can be displayed with the 32 LEDs. 6.2
Control
The integrated control function makes it possible to control
disconnectors and circuit breakers via the integrated operation
panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or systems control (for example
SICAM).
Programmable Logic
The integrated logic functionality allows the user, with a graph-
ical user interface, to implement functions of his own for auto-
mating his switching cell (interlocking), switchgear or a distribu-
tion network theater and to generate user-defined indications.
Operational measured values
Extensive operational measured values, limiting values and
metered values allow an improved operation management and
simplified commissioning.
Operational indications
The operation is documented with traceability due to the
storage of fault indications, error messages, fault datasets and
statistics.
Line protection
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices are used as line protection for
high-voltage and medium-voltage power systems with
grounded, low-impedance grounded, isolated or compensated
neutral point design
Transformer protection
As a supplement to a transformer differential protection, the
devices also perform all the tasks for backup protection. Inrush-
current detection effectively prevents pickup due to inrush
currents The high impedance ground fault differential protec-
tion detects short circuits and insulation faults on the trans-
former.
Backup protection
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 - devices can be universally used as backup
protection.
High-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear
All devices optimally fit the requirements of high-voltage and
medium-voltage applications. Separate measuring devices (for
example, for current, voltage, frequency, measuring trans-
ducers) or additional control components are usually not neces-
sary in the switchgear cabinets.

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Overview of Functions
Overview of Functions
Protection functions IEC standard ANSI standard

Overcurrent protection (independent; dependent) I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip 50/51
Ground-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp 50N/51N
Sensitive ground-fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 50N(s)/51N(s)
Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP 50BF
Overload protection ϑ> 46
6.2 High-impedance ground fault differential protection 87N
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I<, P< 37
Current transformer monitoring 60CTS
Locked OFF/lockout 86
Unbalanced-load protection I2> 49
Dynamic pickup value switching 51C
Directional overcurrent protection Iger.>, Iger.>>, Ip ger. 67
Sensitive ground-fault protection IE ger.>, IE ger.>>, IEp ger. 67N
Directional/non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Overvoltage, zero-sequence system VI, VO> 59N
Overfrequency/Underfrequency protection f<, f> 81O/V
Synchrocheck 25
Inrush-current detection 81HBL2
Overcurrent protection, 1-phase 64H
Overvoltage/undervoltage protection V<, V> 27/59
Residual voltage 64/59N
Voltage transformer monitoring 60VTS
Voltage-controlled overcurrent protection 51V
Negative-sequence system overvoltage protection 47NPS
Flexible protection functions (characteristic key values from current and P<>, Q<>/cos ϕ/df/dt 32/55/81R
voltage): Voltage, power, power factor, frequency-change protection
Automatic reclosing AREC 79
Fault locator FO 21FL
Table 6.2/1 Overview of Functions
Control functions/programmable logic • DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104, PROFINET

• Control commands for circuit breakers and disconnector • Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR
switches
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4
• Control via keypad, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system • Serial DNP3 RS485 module
• User-specific PLC logic with CFC (for example, interlocking) Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• Measured and metered values V, I, f, Wp, Wq • 1/4/6 voltage transformers
• Minimum and Maximum Values • 12/20 binary inputs
• Circuit breaker wear monitoring • 8/15 binary outputs
• Fuse and trip-circuit supervision • 1 life contact
• max. 40 fault records • Pluggable current and voltage terminal blocks
• Load profile for up to 20 various operational measured values • Connection option for small-signal current and voltage trans-
Communication interfaces and protocols formers
• Ethernet electrical and optical (multi-mode or single-mode)

• IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Overview of Functions
6.2
[dw_appl_dia_funct-7SC80, 2, en_US]
Figure 6.2/2 Functional Scope SIPROTEC 7SC80

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Dimensioned Drawings
6.2
[dw_7sc80-hmi-direct_Version-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 6.2/3 Variant with Attached Operation Panel
[7sc80-hmi-seperat-121110, 1, en_US]
Figure 6.2/4 Variant with Detached Operation Panel

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐☐ - ☐☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Base device ││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing, 12 BI, 8 BO, 1 life contact 2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing, 20 BI, 15 BO, 1 life contact 6.2
3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2 x V 38
Measuring inputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x I LPS/LoPo, 1 x V 39 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
4 x Iph 1 A/5 A, 1 x V 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x I LPS/LoPo, 4 x V 39 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
4 x Iph 1 A/5 A, 4 x V 4 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x Iph 1 A/5 A, 1 x IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 A
5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
to 1.6 A/0.005 A to 8 A, 1 x V
3 x Iph1 A/5 A, 1 x IEE (sensitive) = 0.001 A
6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
to 1.6 A/ 0.005 A to 8 A, 4 x V
Auxiliary voltage (power supply) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 60 V to 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 1││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V/48 V 2││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V/48 V, battery supervision 3││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
terminals, without operation panel
Surface mounting case, flush-mounting B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
housing with operation panel
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
terminals, with detached operation panel
Region-specific configuration and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region GE, IEC, German language
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, English language
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region US, ANSI, American English
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Russian language
G │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
Table 6.2/2 SIPROTEC 7SC80 Selection and Ordering Data
38 Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6

39 The sensors mentioned in the chapter "SICAM FCM" can be used; if used for protection purposes, usability must be appropriately checked.


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐☐ - ☐☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interface │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No assembly 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
100 Mbit Ethernet, electric, 2 x RJ45 plugs 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ R
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch,
optical, double, 2 x LC connector, multi- 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ S
6.2
mode
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch,
optical, double, 2 x LC connector, single- 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ T
mode, 24 km
Protocol for the system interface │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 61850 │ │ │ │ │ 0
IEC 61850/DNP3 TCP │ │ │ │ │ 2
IEC 61850/PROFINET IO 40 │ │ │ │ │ 3
IEC 61850/IEC 60870-5-104 │ │ │ │ │ 4
DNP3, electrical RS485 9 │ │ │ │ │ L 6 G
│ │ │ │ │
Additional interfaces │ │ │ │ │
No assembly 0 │ │ │ │
IRIG B-module, optical 6 │ │ │ │
GPS module 7 │ │ │ │
Functionality packages - see next page │ │ │ │
40 Only in connection with 100 Mbit Ethernet module, electrical or multi-mode


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - 3 F ☐ ☐
▲ ▲
Functionality packages │ │
ANSI no. Base package A A │
50/51 Overcurrent protection phase I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip │
Normal ground-fault protection, protection to
50N/51N │
ground IGnd>, IGnd>>, IGnd >>>, IGndp
6.2
Sensitive ground-fault protection IEE>, IEE>>,
50N(s)/51N(s) │
IEEp 41
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection │
46 Unbalanced-load protection │
49 Overload protection │
High-impedance ground fault differential
87N │
protection42
74TC Trip-circuit supervision │
37 Undercurrent monitoring │
51C Dynamic pickup value switching │
81HBL2 Inrush-current detection │
86 Lockout │
60CTS Current transformer monitoring │
Jump detection monitoring with the delta
│
measuring method
Parameter set switching │
Monitoring functions │
Circuit-breaker control │
Flexible protection functions (characteristic
│
key values from current)
Underfrequency/overfrequency, f<, f> │
with fault recording, with average calculation,
│
with min/max values
ANSI no. Base package B (includes A) 38 B │
Directional addition for overcurrent protection
67 │
phase, I>, I>>, I>>>, IGndp
Directional addition for overcurrent protection
67N │
ground, IGnd>, IGnd>>, I>>>, IGndp
Directional sensitive ground-fault protection/
67N(s) normal ground-fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, │
IEEp 41
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage │
81 U/O Underfrequency/overfrequency (f<, f>) │
25 Synchrocheck │
47 Rotating field direction │
64/59N Residual voltage │
60VTS Voltage transformer monitoring │
Flexible protection functions (characteristic
key values from current and voltage): Voltage,
32/55/81R │
power, power factor, frequency-change
protection
Base package N - see next page
41 Depending on the ground-current input, the function operates either as sensitive ground-fault protection (sensitive input) or as normal ground-fault
protection (normal input).
42 87N (REF) only available with sensitive ground-current input (position 7 = 5 or 6)


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - 3 F ☐ ☐
▲ ▲
Base package N (contains R) 4344 │ │
SNTP server function (master), no protection
N │
functions
Base package R 43 │ │
6.2 Telecontrol functions, no protection functions R │
ANSI no. Additional functions │
Without 0
79 With AREC 1
21FL With fault locator45 2
79/21FL With AREC, with fault locator 45 3
79/TS With AREC, with 1-/3-pol. operation 4
With AREC, with 1-/3-pol. operation, with fault
79/TS/21FL 5
locator 45
43 Only with position 16 = 0,

44 Only with position 12 = 7
45 Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6

Short-circuit Indicator

SICAM FCM – Description
Description
The SICAM FCM (Feeder Condition Monitor) is a short-circuit
indicator and ground-fault indicator with and without direc-
tional indication that operates with protection algorithms and
low-power sensor technology in conformity with IEC
61869-10/11. Alternatively, the SICAM FCM can also be
connected to a capacitive voltage tap. This allows economical
directional fault detection in the cable network. SICAM FCM
additionally offers the possibility of providing up-to-date meas-
ured values via the integrated Modbus RTU interface and thus
ensuring a precise assessment of the distribution system.
Benefits
7.1 • For grounded, isolated and arc-suppression-coil-ground
systems
• Integrated power flow direction indicator.
• Directional short-circuit and sensitive ground-fault detection
• Cost savings due to precise and fast fault localization
[ph_SICAM_FCM, 2, --_--]
• Selective fault information with directional indication as a
basis for self-healing applications Figure 7.1/1 SICAM FCM
• Resupply times in the minute or second range (depending on Measured quantities

primary equipment) allow minimum power system outages
and minimum ultimate consumer payment losses • RMS measured values
• Up-to-date measured values for operation and planning • Phase-to-ground voltages and currents, ground current,
support the focused use of investment funds in power system power frequency and cos φ, phase angle, active power, reac-
planning and expansion tive power and apparent power
• Direct voltage measurement in low-voltage power systems Energy meter
• Use of low-power sensors and high quality measurement • 15-minute to 1-year minimum and maximum values for all
technology with a high measuring accuracy line currents as slave-pointer functions
• Alternatively: Designed for connection to capacitive voltage Auxiliary voltage
testing systems
• AC 230 V
• Flexible sensitive ground-fault detection from 0.4 A onwards • DC 24 V to 25 V
• Telecontrol parameterization via SICAM A8000 and Modbus • Battery with lifetime > 15 years
Functions Time synchronization
The SICAM FCM is the 1st short-circuit indicator that supports • Time synchronization via Modbus RTU
standards-compliant sensors according to IEC 61869-10/-11. Inputs
This ensures high-precision measurement without calibration
and adjustments to the primary values. • 3 inputs for alternating voltage selectively adjustable for
100 V/√3, low-power - sensors with 3.25 V/√3 (according to
Device characteristics IEC 61869-11) or 3 direct inputs for AC 230 V
Communication • Alternatively: 3 inputs for connection to low resistance-modi-
• RS485 interface incl. Modbus RTU communication for all infor- fied (LRM) voltage testing systems (according to IEC 61243-5)
mation and for remote parameterization / FW update, alterna- • 3 inputs for AC low-power sensors with 225 mV at rated
tively PC programming current (according to IEC 61869-10); the rated primary
Indications current is adjustable in SICAM FCM from 50 A to 1000 A; L2
current input selectively, configured for sensitive ground-fault
• Display for presenting up-to-date measured values or fault detection with low-power sensor with 225 mV at rated
information in the power distribution system, 4 function keys current (according to IEC 61869-10); the rated primary
• 3 LEDs signal the operating state current is adjustable in SICAM FCM.
• 2 binary outputs • Alternatively: Inputs for conventional instrument transformers
1 A/5 A via adaptors
• 1 binary input

SICAM FCM – Description
Temperature range Low-power phase current sensor for recording phase current
• From -40 °C to +70 °C
Housing
• Polycarbonate housing for panel flush mounting
• Dimensions: 96 mm x 48 mm x 109.5 mm (W/H/D)
• Protection class: Front panel IP40, rear panel IP20
Applications
The SICAM FCM is used:
• For directional/non-directional short-circuit and sensitive
ground-fault detection for networks with rigid operational
grounding, networks with an isolated neutral point, and arc- 7.1
suppression-coil-ground systems in medium and low-voltage
distribution networks.
• For simple measurement of power quality and energy meas-
urement in various fields of application
Sensors
[ph_Phase current sensor, 1, --_--]
The SICAM FCM is the first short-circuit indicator that supports
standards-compliant sensors for current and voltage measure- Figure 7.1/3 Phase Current Sensor
ment according to IEC 61869-10/11. This allows high-precision
measurement without calibration and adjustments to the Voltage sensors/resistor divider enable precise and linear meas-
primary values. urements
Low-power summation current sensor for sensitive ground-fault

detection
[ph_Voltage Sensor, 1, --_--]
Figure 7.1/4 Voltage Sensors - Short and Long Design
[ph_Core balance current sensor, 1, --_--]
Figure 7.1/2 Summation Current Sensor

SICAM FCM – Sensors
SICAM FCM current transformers for connecting to conventional Application Example

instrument transformers (1 A/5 A) on existing plants.
7.1
[ph_Schaltfeld, 1, --_--]
[ph_FCM CT Adapter, 1, --_--]

Figure 7.1/7 Phase Current Sensors in a 8DJH Bay
Figure 7.1/5 SICAM FCM Current Transformer Adaptor
SICAM FCM with adaptor cable for connecting a LRM voltage

testing system according to IEC 61243-5.
[ph_FCM_Kap_Adapter, 1, --_--]
Figure 7.1/6 SICAM FCM - Adaptor for Capacitive Voltage-Detection

Systems

SICAM FCM – Dimensioned Drawings
Front View Isometric View
[dw_fcm_front, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.1/8 Front View
7.1
Rear View
[dw_fcm_iso_view, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.1/10 Isometric View
1 A/5 A Adaptor Drawing
[le_sfcmrearview, 1, --_--]
Figure 7.1/9 Rear View with Terminals
(1) Power supply

[le_sfcm1aadap-231015, 1, --_--]
(2) Modbus
Figure 7.1/11 1 A/5 A Adaptor
(3) Digital input
(1) Threaded stud
(4) Digital output 2
(2) CT adaptor PCB
(5) Digital output 1
(3) Cable assembly
(6) Voltage input
(7) Current input

SICAM FCM – Dimensioned Drawings
SICAM FCM with Connecting Cable (only for

6MD2322-1AA00-1AA0)
7.1
[le_sfcm-capconncbl, 2, --_--]
Figure 7.1/12 Connecting Cable of SICAM FCM
(1) SICAM FCM

(2) Connecting cable (6MD2322-0AA80-0AB3); necessary for
6MD2322-1AA00-1AA0
(3) Orientation of connecting cable to SICAM FCM voltage-
input terminals
(4) SICAM FCM voltage-input terminals
(5) Connecting cable (L1, L2, L3, ground)
(6) Voltage-detection system

SICAM FCM – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM FCM 6 M D 2 3 2 □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
LoPo current transformer according to Voltage measurement │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 60044-8, IEC 61869-10 Resistive
Fault indicator with directional indication and LoPo voltage transformers according to 1 1 A A 0 0 1 A A 0
measurement of V, I, f, P, Q, S, cos φ and IEC 60044-7, IEC 61869-11, traditional voltage
power-flow direction transformers and 230 V
Energy metered values for panel flush
mounting with display Capacitive
Housing: 96 mm x 48 mm x 109.5 mm for voltage measurement in LRM voltage 7.1

testing systems according to IEC 61243-5
Power supply: DC 24 V to 250 V/AC 230 V 2 1 A A 0 0 1 A A 0
The required MPI cable
1 digital input (6MD2322-0AA80-0AB3) for the connection
2 digital outputs to the voltage detection system (VDS) must be
ordered separately.
Modbus RTU
Divisible
Transfer ratio: 225 mV@300 A IEC 61869-10
Accuracy class 0.5 (from FCM V3.30 onwards), 0 0 G A 0 0 1 A A 0
otherwise 1; Extension 200 %; 5P10 trans-
former; connecting cables: 2 m, open end;
Phase current sensor inside diameter 65 mm
Closed core
Transfer ratio: 225 mV@700 A IEC 60044-8
0 0 J A 0 0 0 B A 1
Accuracy class 0.5; 5P10 transformer;
connecting cables: 3.5 m, open end; inside
diameter 82 mm
Transfer ratio: 225 mV@60 A, IEC 61869-10
Accuracy class 1 (from FCM V3.30 onwards),
otherwise 3; 0 0 A F 0 0 1 A A 0
Connecting cables: 2.0 m
Summation current sensor Window diameter: 160 mm
Transfer ratio: 225 mV@60 A, IEC 60044-8
Accuracy class: 1
0 0 A F 0 0 1 A A 1
Connecting cables: 3.5 m
Window diameter: 120 mm; GOST certificate
3 inputs; transformer ratio 225 mV@1 A
Accuracy class: 1
Adaptor 1 A In LoPo IEC 60044-8 0 0 A A 1 0 0 A A 0
Thermal overload: 100 A for 1 s
Coil diameter: 5.8 mm
3 inputs; transformer ratio 225 mV@5 A
Accuracy class: 3
Adaptor 5 A In LoPo IEC 60044-8 0 0 A A 2 0 0 A A 0
Thermal overload: 100 A for 1 s
Coil diameter: 5.8 mm

SICAM FCM – Selection and Ordering Data

10 kV/√3: 3.25/√3 0 0 A A 0 4 1 A A 0
Accuracy class: 1
IEC 60044-7 for symmetrical T-connectors
with C-cones for cables: Nexans (K) 440TB/
Cellpack CTS-S/Südkabel SEHDT13 and
SEHDT23
10 kV/√3: 3.25/√3 0 0 A A 0 4 1 A B 0
Voltage sensor 10 kV Accuracy class: 1
IEC 60044-7 for asymmetrical T-connectors of
nkt cables, types CB-24, CC-24 and Raychem
RSTI-58xx/RSTI-CC-58xx
10 kV/√3: 3.25/√3 0 0 A A 0 4 0 A B 1
7.1
Accuracy class: 0.5
IEC 60044-7 for asymmetrical T-connectors of
nkt cables, types CB-24, GOST Certification
20kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 0 0 A A 0 7 1 A A 0
Accuracy class 0.5 (from FCM V3.30 onwards),
otherwise 1
IEC 61869-11 for symmetrical T-plugs with C-
cones for cables: Nexans (K) 440TB/ Cellpack
Voltage sensor 20 kV CTS-S/Südkabel SEHDT13 and SEHDT23
20kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 0 0 A A 0 7 1 A B 0
Accuracy class 1
IEC 61869-11 for asymmetrical T-connectors
of nkt cables, types CB-24, CC-24 and
Raychem RSTI-58xx/RSTI-CC-58xx
MPI cable for voltage detection system (VDS) 6 M D 2 3 2 2 - 0 A A 8 0 - 0 A B 3
4-wire connecting lead with integrated protec-
tion circuit for the connection of SICAM FCM
6MD2322-1AA00-1AA0/CC to the LRM
voltage-detection system
1 ground input; length: 0.3 m
Table 7.1/1 SICAM FCM Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM FPI – Description
Description
To operate modern distribution systems efficiently, it is neces-
sary to quickly detect faults if they occur, put them in messages
and make them available for further processing. One building
block is the SICAM Fault Passage Indicator (FPI). This is used for
registration and reporting of phase faults as well as recognition
of ground faults in radial or opened ring cable networks in the
medium voltage range.
4 external current sensors ensure detection of phase faults (A, B,
C) and ground faults (IGnd). The current sensor detects phase
faults and ground faults based on the adjusted current threshold
and transmits this fault to the SICAM FPI via an optical signal.
With the rotary switch for each sensor, you can adjust the fault
current threshold for phase sensors from 200 A to 1200 A (type
1), 200 A to 800 A (type 2), and for ground sensors from 10 A to
100 A (type 1), 40 A to 300 A (type 2). If the current exceeds the 7.2
set threshold. the current sensor transmits a signal via polymer
optical fibers to the SICAM FPI. If this is the case, the corre- [ph_SICAM_FPI_W4, 1, --_--]
sponding LEDs flash and the binary contacts are activated. The
LEDs are inactive under normal operating conditions. Figure 7.2/1 SICAM FPI
Benefits Device characteristics

Indications - fault information via LEDs
• Self-supplying, retains correct functioning thanks to the inte-
grated lithium battery even after the main infeed has tripped • 3 red LEDs – phase fault
• Complies with the IEC 61010-1 safety standards • 1 red LED – ground fault
• Simple setting via DIP switches • 1 yellow LED – run: Battery charge state
• Configurable binary outputs, for remote messages to SCADA Inputs/outputs, measuring ranges
via RTU in the event of errors or for diagnostics
• Current sensor inputs: Phase current A, B, C and ground
• Extended diagnostic functions, support for self-diagnostics current Gnd via polymer optical fibers
and sensor cable diagnostics
• 2 binary inputs: 1x AC 230 V, reset input, 1 x electrically
• Local display, 3 red LEDs for phase faults, 1 red LED for isolated contact for remote reset
ground faults, 1 yellow LED for the battery charge state
• Max. 2 binary outputs electrically isolated (maximum contact
• Separate binary outputs for phase and ground faults can be voltage: AC 250 V/DC 220 V)
configured
• 1 binary output for external LED flashing lamp
• Several reset functions, auto-reset (via time stages), remote • Pickup values for phase fault current
reset via binary input or via external front keys
– Type 1: AC 200/400/500/600/800/1000/1200 A
• Configurable function for short-term fault saturation (AREC) – Type 2 AC 200/300/400/500/600/700/800 A
• Longer battery life through extended energy management
enable over 2000 hours of operation in fault condition • Pickup values for ground-fault current
(flashing) – Type 1: AC 10/20/30/40/60/80/100 A
– Type 2 AC 40/80/120/160/200/260/300 A
• IP67 compliant, self-supplying sensors
• Interference-free connection electrically separated via plastic • Accuracy
optical fiber between sensors and SICAM FPI – Type 1: <10% of selected range
– Type 2: <15% of selected range
Applications
Auxiliary voltage
The SICAM FPI is a device for defect detection and display and is
used in distribution-system automation for radial or opened ring
• Battery for 2,000 hours of flashing time
Min. service life 10 years
cable networks. Medium-voltage cable networks up to 36 kV,
50/60 Hz. Temperature range
• From -30 °C to +700 °C
Housing
• Polycarbonate housing for panel flush mounting
• Dimensions: 96 mm x 48 mm x 45 mm (W x H x D)
• Protection class: Front IP50, rear panel IP20, sensors IP67

SICAM FPI – Dimensioned Drawings
[dw_sicam-fpi_frbtv, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.2/2 Front View
7.2
[dw_fpirearv-210114-01, 2, --_--]
Figure 7.2/3 Rear View
[dw_sicam-fpi_pnlcut, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.2/4 RMU Panel Cut-Out

SICAM FPI – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM FPI fault passage indicator, non-directional 6 M D 2 3 1 0 - 0 □ □ 0 0 - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲
│ │
Sensors type 1
Phase fault sensor: AC 200 A to AC 1200 A, 10 % accuracy; │ │
Ground fault sensor: AC 10 A to AC 100 A, 10 % accuracy
Ground-fault indicator and fault passage indi-
cator with 2 binary outputs (NO) with 3 phase-
A A
fault + 1 ground-fault current sensors (for
A/B/C/Gnd)
cator with 1 binary output (NO) with 3 phase- 7.2
D A
A/B/C/Gnd)
Fault passage indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 3 phase-fault current sensors (for B B
A/B/C)
Ground-fault indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 1 ground-fault current sensor (for C C
Gnd)
Ground-fault indicator with 2 binary outputs
(1 NO + 1 NC) with 1 ground-fault current E C
sensor (for Gnd)
Sensors type 2
Phase fault sensor: AC 200 A to AC 800 A, 15% accuracy; │ │
Ground fault sensor: AC 40 A to AC 300 A, 15% accuracy
cator with 2 binary outputs (NO) with 3 phase-
A E
A/B/C/Gnd)
cator with 1 binary output (NO) with 3 phase-
D E
A/B/C/Gnd)
Fault passage indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 3 phase-fault current sensors (for B F
A/B/C)
Ground-fault indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 1 ground-fault current sensor (for C G
Gnd)
Ground-fault indicator with 2 binary outputs
(1 NO + 1 NC) with 1 ground-fault current E G
sensor (for Gnd)
Table 7.2/1 SICAM FPI Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM FSI – Description
Description
The short-circuit and ground-fault detection system SICAM FSI
(Fault Sensor Indicator) is a device for fault detection in the
medium-voltage overhead line system. The SICAM FSI detects
and communicates fault conditions due to short circuits and
ground faults. In addition, the device displays a unambiguous
LED signal, depending on the type of fault (temporary or perma-
nent).
SICAM FSI is available in 2 versions:
• 6MD2314-1AB10: The faults are displayed locally via LEDs on
the device Depending on the fault condition, a flashing light
dependent on the fault type is generated
• 6MD2314-1AB11 – with integrated communication: In addi-
tion to the local LED display, short circuits or ground faults are
communicated via a secure wireless connection to a gateway
(SICAM FCG, 6MD2340-3JM71-8AA2). The SICAM FCG (Fault
7.3
Collector Gateway) establishes the connection via GSM/GPRS
to a higher level control center and transmits the messages
using the standardized telecontrol protocols IEC 60870-5-104 [ph_SICAM_FSI, 1, --_--]
or DNP TCP/IP. Communication with the Siemens FLiC solution

Figure 7.3/1 SICAM FSI
(Fault Localization in the Cloud) is based on XMPP and GSM/
GPRS networks.
• Maintenance-free design of the device – the SICAM FSI is
maintenance-free other than battery replacement after 10
Auxiliary voltage Battery (3.6 V), service life approximately 10
years. The large-format display of the years since the date of
years
commissioning of the device allows the operational crew to
Temperature range From -25°C to +70°C
determine the proper time for battery replacement from the
Housing specification • Polycarbonate housing, UV-resistant ground.
• Protection class: IP65
Assembly SICAM FSI is mounted on the MV overhead line • Different frequency of the flashing light depending on the
with the aid of a hot stick with shotgun or a fault type – fast and precise fault diagnosis for the mainte-
hot stick (extendable) with device adaptor nance team
Benefits Functions
• Higher availability for overhead line systems – reduction of Fault detection

down time • Trip threshold range 75 A to 1500 A: Irated adjustable between
• Fast fault detection – accurate fault-location determination 50 A and 500 A; enables better coordination with the
and information to the maintenance team upstream protection system for the network. The tripping
time can be adjusted in steps of 0.5 Irated between 1.5* Irated
• High sensitivity – measurement starts at 50 A – reliable fault
detection for high-impedance faults and 3* Irated.
• Self supplying sensors reduce the energy consumption of the • ΔI tripping adjustment 5 A to 160 A: The amperage change ΔI
device – increase the lifetime of the supply batteries in the can be set in steps of 5 A to 80 A, 120 A, 160 A.
device (Battery life: 10 years)
• Inrush-current detection:
• Unique security key and IPSec encryption for data exchange Adjustable time delay for inrush current or abrupt changes
with SICAM FSI – maximum security against unauthorized under load
access (intruders)
• Checking of zero potential state for fault confirmation
• Easy and fast device configuration with the aid of a QR code Configuration
at the SICAM FSI and a Web browser instead of DIP switches –
high level of convenient configurability. • The SICAM FSI 6MD2314-1AB10 is configured with the SICAM
FSI Configurator software.
• The SICAM FSI 6MD2314-1AB11 can be configured using the
SICAM FCG Web GUI.
Reset Mechanism
• By magnet
• Automatically upon recovery of the system voltage

SICAM FSI – Description
• Automatically over a predetermined time lapse (adjustable Permanent-fault verifica- 3 s, 35 s, and 70 s

timer) tion time
• Via an acknowledgment signal from the network control Automatic reclosing time 0.1 s to 99.9 s
center
Applications
Suitable for all overhead lines in the medium voltage range from
3.3 kV to 66 kV, 50/60 Hz
Technical data
The following is an excerpt from the technical data. Please find
additional information in the current manual.
Mechanical
Weight 0.78 kg
Dimensions Diameter Height
7.3
116 mm 210 mm
Application Data
Rated voltage (Vrated) 3.3 kV to 66 kV (non-insulated cable)

6.6 kV to 66 kV (insulated cable)
System frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Cable overall diameter 5 mm to 40 mm (non-insulated)
15 mm to 40 mm (insulated)46
Measurement cycle period 20 ms for 50 Hz
16.6 ms for 60 Hz
Voltage presence > 70 % of Vrated
Voltage absence < 45 % of Vrated
Rated current (Irated) 50 A to 500 A (increments of 50 A)
Current measurement ± 10 % from 50 A to 800 A (50 Hz and 60
accuracy Hz)
Power source Lithium-thionyl chloride battery + energy
harvesting47
Total fault-indication time 400 h of LED flashing
Fault Indication – LEDs
Indication 6 red LEDs

Luminous flux 40 lm
Visibility angle 360° (from ground level)
Visibility range 50 m at day time, 300 m at night time
Fault-Detection Parameters
di current 5 A to 80 A (steps of 5 A), 120 A, 160 A

Current threshold value 1.5 Irated to 3 Irated (steps of 0.5)
Protection measurement 75 A to 1500 A
range of device
Fault-indication time 2 h to 16 h (steps of 0.5 h)
Inrush restraint time 3 s, 30 s, and 60 s
46 SICAM FSI with cable overall diameter 5 mm to 15 mm (insulated) can be ordered only on a special request. Contact the local Siemens office for more
information.
47 Energy harvesting starts if the phase current is above 60 A.

SICAM FSI – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 M D 2 3 1 4 - 1 A B 1 □
▲
SICAM FSI - circuit and ground-fault detection system │
• Phase-fault detection
• Ground-fault detection (di/dt)
• Housing made from UV-stabilized polycarbonate 0
with IP65
• Visual error message at 40 lumens from 6 red
LEDs
SICAM FSI with integrated communication 48 │
• Short-range radio (wireless) for current measured
values and defect status
• Phase-fault detection
• Ground-fault detection (di/dt) 1
7.3 • Housing made from UV-stabilized polycarbonate
with IP65
• Visual error message at 40 lumens from 6 red
LEDs
Spare parts and accessories 6 M D 2 3 1 8 - 4 □ □ 0 □
▲ ▲ ▲
Spare part │ │ │
SICAM FSI Li-TH Battery Set (Pack of 6) B B 0
Accessories │ │ │
UART cable for device configuration (recommended
A A 0
type: FTDI chip, order number TTL-232R-RPi)
Magnetic adaptor for device reset, accessory for hot
M A 4
stick with shotgun or telescopic hot stick
Device adaptor for installing SICAM FSI by using a
M A 5
hot stick with shotgun (telescopic)
Description of the accessory
Recommended brand: Terex hot stick with shotgun, Ritz, catalog number: RC403-0295
For more detailed information visit: http://www.terexutilities.com.br
Hot stick with shotgun for SICAM FSI assembly, 4 m
Recommended brand: Hubbell hot stick with shotgun, catalog number: C4030295
For more detailed information visit: https://www.hubbell.com/hubbellpowersystems/en/
Recommended brand: Terex Ritz, catalog no.: VTT-1/9
Hot stick (telescopic) for SICAM FSI assembly, 12 m
For more detailed information visit: http://www.terexutilities.com.br
Table 7.3/1 SICAM FSI Selection and Ordering Data
48 If communication with the control center is necessary, order SICAM FSI device with integrated communication in combination with SICAM FCG
(6MD2340-3JM71-8AA2).

SICAM FCG – Description
Description
The SICAM Fault Collector Gateway (FCG) device receives both
distribution line faults and load current values from SICAM Fault
Sensor Indicator (FSI). The fault status and current values from
SICAM FSI are communicated to the SICAM FCG via short-range
radio within a distance of 100 m. The received information
status and events are transmitted to the control center or cloud
service based on MLFB selection. The fault detected by
SICAM FSI is communicated to the SICAM FCG within a distance
of 100 m via short-range radio (SRR).
The SICAM FCG has 6 binary inputs and 3 binary outputs.
Configuration and diagnostics of the device can be conducted
locally with the Web GUI via a connection to a PC or laptop
computer, or remotely based on the GPRS (General Packet Radio
Service) cellular standard.
SICAM FCG must be mounted inside a housing which can
comply with standard IP54 or IP65. The Global System for
Mobile Communications (GSM) and short-range radio antennas [ph_SICAM_FCG_W3, 1, --_--]
must be mounted outside or on the housing. The recommended Figure 7.4/1 SICAM FCG
minimum distance between GSM and short-range antennas is 7.4
30 cm. Communication
The firmware and parameters of the SICAM FSI device can be
updated from the SICAM FCG. Parameters can be configured,
• SICAM FCG is the gateway device in the communication
network between the SICAM FSIs and the control center/cloud
fault and event reports can be displayed, firmware can be service. It provides interfaces and supports communication
updated and the configuration can be downloaded via the Web protocols to the SICAM FSI devices (via short-range radio) and
GUI of the SICAM FCG. to the network control center/cloud service (via cellular
networks). The gateway contains a common function for
Functions communication exchange between the SICAM FSI devices and
Binary inputs and outputs the control center/cloud service. The various communication
interfaces and protocols are available for communication
• All 3 binary inputs on terminal block L are independent and between the SICAM FCG and the control center. The SICAM
have a fixed set threshold voltage of 8 V. 2 binary inputs on
FCG device has an Ethernet interface for device parameteriza-
terminal block P have a common potential (P8, P9, P10) and 1
tion and monitoring. The communication interface supports
binary input (P11, P12) is independent. The threshold voltage
device parameterization and transmission of messages and
of the binary inputs can be set to DC 19 V, DC 88 V or
measured values. The information is transmitted securely via
DC 176 V. This enables an optimal adaptation to the pickup
telegrams.
voltage at elevated noise levels. The binary outputs are
designed as relay contacts. Terminal block P has 2 NO GSM module
(normally open) relay outputs and one CO (change over) relay
output. The relays can switch voltages up to AC/DC 250 V and
• The GSM module49 supports 4 frequency bands: 850 MHz,
900 MHz, 1800 MHz, and 1900 MHz.
currents up to AC/DC 5 A.
The communication can be established over GSM/GPRS
network based on:
– The communication to the control center can be executed
based on the telecontrol protocols IEC 60870-5-104 or
DNP3 via GSM/GPRS networks.
– You can execute the configuration and local diagnostic
remotely via GSM/GPRS.
– The communication to the Siemens FLiC service is based on
XMPP and GSM/GPRS network.
49 The distance between SICAM FCG (along with GSM and SRR antennas) and SICAM FSI must be less than or equal to 100 m (line of sight). The GSM
antenna (MLFB: 6MD2318-0CA10) and Short-range radio antenna (MLFB: 6MD2318-0CA20) are tested along with SICAM FCG.

SICAM FCG – Description
Short-range radio module

• The short-range radio module communicates within 100 m
directly with the SICAM FSI device via a radio connection in
the license-free 2400-MHz band. Failures in overhead lines or
other status changes that are detected by the SICAM FSI
device are communicated to the SICAM FCG device via the
short-range radio module.
Time synchronization
During operation, the device needs the date and time for all
time-relevant processes. This guarantees a uniform time base in
communication with peripheral devices and makes time
stamping possible.
The following types of time synchronization are carried out,
depending on the parameterization:
• External time synchronization via Network Time Protocol
(NTP) or DNP3 protocol
It is recommended to use Network Time Protocol (NTP) for
external time synchronization from MindSphere cloud.
7.4
• Internal time synchronization via Real-Time Clock (RTC) (if
there is no external time synchronization)

SICAM FCG – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM Fault Collector Gateway 6 M D 2 3 4 0 - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Power supply │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 12 V compatible (suitable or interface with
3 │ │ │ │ │ │
solar panel + battery)
Input/output interface 1 │ │ │ │ │ │
Binary input/output (3 BI/3 BO) J │ │ │ │ │
Input/output interface 2 │ │ │ │ │
Short-range radio I/O (3 BI + short-range radio
M │ │ │ │
coordinator)
Communication interface │ │ │ │
GPRS 7 │ │ │
Device with/without antenna │ │ │
Device without antenna50 0 │ │
Device with antenna 7.4
GPRS antenna – MLFB number
6MD2318-0CA10 1 │ │
Short-range radio frequency – MLFB number
6MD2318-0CA20
Protocol │ │
MindConnectLib (MCL) - MindSphere IoT
7 │
Protokoll
IEC 60870-5-104 (server) /XMPP (client)/DNP3
8 │
slave (TCP/IP) with SMS functionality
IPSec
Without IPSec51 1
With IPSec 2
Table 7.4/1 SICAM FCG Selection and Ordering Data
6MD2340-3JM7x-8AA2: The received information status and

events are transmitted to the control center based on the
selected communication protocol or to the Siemens FLiC service
using the XMPP protocol.
6MD2340-3JM7x-7AA1: The received information status and
events can also be transmitted to the MindSphere cloud based
on the MindConnectLib (native MindSphere IoT protocol). The
received encrypted data in MindSphere cloud is available in
MindSphere application SICAM Localizer.
MLFBs above can be ordered with or without antennas.
50 Applicable only for spares/external router based applications. For external router based applications, it is mandatory to order short-range radio
frequency antenna (MLFB: 6MD2318-0CA20).
51 Combination of MCL and IPSec is not available for order. 8AA1 and 7AA2 is not available.

SICAM FCG – Dimensioned Drawing
Dimensional Drawing
7.4
[dw_dimensional-draw_sicam-fcg, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.4/2 SICAM FCG Dimensions

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Description
Description
The SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673 is a binary input/output device that
has been developed for substations and industrial sectors with
increased environmental demands. The SICAM I/O-Unit permits
transmission from binary inputs to binary outputs locally or over
large distances. It can be used for protection applications, such
as overcurrent protection, permissive overreach transfer trip
scheme, distance protection with signal connection, or as I/O
extension in substation automation systems.
Binary inputs • 6 robust EMC-hardened binary inputs

• The pickup threshold can be set to DC 19 V,
DC 88 V, or DC 176 V for different rated
voltages of the station battery
Binary outputs • 6 command relay outputs
• Secure contact status after loss of connec-
tion, set by the user
Signal/alarm outputs 4 LEDs
Wide-range power DC 24 to 250 V ± 20 % and AC 100 V to 230 V,
supply unit 45 Hz to 65 Hz
Electrical RJ45 Cascading many devices without additional [ph_SICAM IO_Unit, 1, --_--]
Ethernet interface cost by using the integrated switch
Figure 8.1/1 SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673
Serial fiber-optic inter- ST connector, 820 nm for multimode optical
face (optional) fiber 62.5/125 μm, typical range: 2000 m with
optical fiber 62.5 μm/125 μm, baud rate: – Detection and output of binary states via substation control-
lers by means of the standard protocols Modbus RTU, 8.1
1.2 Kbps to 187.5 Kbps, set by software
Modbus TCP, or IEC 61850
Communication proto- • IEC 61850 (GOOSE, MMS, Reporting) for the
cols connection to protective and substation – Extension for protection devices of the compact classes
controllers SIPROTEC 7SJ80 and SIPROTEC 7SK80 by connection to
• Modbus TCP or Modbus RTU for connection their low-cost Ethernet interface (port A)
to a substation controller
• Modbus UDP for point-to-point connection • Contact duplicator: Transmission of signals via one or more
between 2 SICAM I/O-Units binary inputs by means of relay contacts of the same SICAM
• SNTP for time synchronization I/O-Units, for example for separation between different
Time synchronization • External time synchronization via Ethernet voltage levels.
NTP
• External time synchronization via Fieldbus Applications
with communication protocol Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP, or Modbus UDP Binary signal transmitter
Housing IP20, DIN rail If the SICAM I/O-Unit is used as a binary signal transmitter to
Figure 8.1/2, there is a bidirectional transfer of binary signals of
Functions exactly 2 units at any one time. The transmission takes place
between server and client device via serial connections (option)
All types of binary signals from switching devices/protective
or via Ethernet networks. Via the relay output contacts, voltages
procedures (such as trip commands, switch position signals,
of up to AC/DC 250 V and currents of up to AC/DC 5 A can be
fault and status messages) are reliably recognized via binary
switched. The pickup threshold of the binary inputs can be set
inputs. This information can be transferred via contacts directly
by the user on different levels. The user can assign signal inputs
on this SICAM I/O-Unit or via communication connections to
and outputs as required.
other SICAM I/O-Units or substation automation systems.
Secured telegrams are used for communication via Ethernet or
serial connections. The parameters of the SICAM I/O-Units can
be set easily via a standard Web browser on the PC that is
connected via the Ethernet interface.
The SICAM I/O-Unit can for example, be used as:
• Binary signal transmitter (BST): Point-to-point transmission of
binary signals between 2 SICAM I/O-Units via Ethernet or a
serial connection. Signal inputs and outputs can be assigned
[dw_io-Mirror_bidirect-trans-2-device, 1, en_US]
by the user.
Figure 8.1/2 Binary Signal Transmitter, Bidirectional Transmission
• I/O extension: between 2 Units
– Extension of the substation controllers via binary inputs and
outputs with standard protocols.

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications
Extension of the communication route

An extension of the communication route is possible.
The following devices can be used:
• With serial optical repeater 7XV5461, scalable up to 170 km
• Optical fiber connection also with mini star coupler 7XV5450
or RS485/optical fiber converter 7XV5650
• With different communication converters 7XV5662 (pilot
wires, X.21/G.703.1 and G.703.6)
• Media converter for Ethernet RMC (Ruggedcom)
• Wireless transmission RS 900WNC (Ruggedcom)
Unidirectional binary signal transmission
When you use SICAM I/O-Units for unidirectional binary signal
transmission to Figure 8.1/3 then the units transfer binary
signals in one direction from a client unit to several server units.
In this application, the transmission takes place exclusively in [dw_log-config_of_bi-to-bo, 1, en_US]
one direction. Input signals (max. 6) are transmitted from the
Figure 8.1/4 Logical Structure of Two Separate Binary Signal Transfers
left device to the output contacts of one or more devices on the
from Binary Input (BI) to Binary Output (BO) between
right side. The serial ports of the I/O-Unit can be electrical or Corresponding SICAM I/O Units A1 and B1, Using the
serial. Alternatively, you may use RS485/optical fiber converters Gateway Function of the Units A and B
7XV5650 and mini star couplers 7XV5450 for cascading.
In this structure, only the pair A-B and the pair A1-B1 exchange
8.1 the states of their binary inputs to the binary outputs. Here, the
SICAM I/O-Units A1 and B1 use the gateway function of devices
A and B.
I/O extension of protection devices or direct connection to a
station control or power systems control via Ethernet. Protocols:
IEC 61850 GOOSE/Reporting/MMS, Modbus TCP/UDP
The SICAM I/O-Unit is used as I/O extension in accordance with
Figure 8.1/5. Binary signals are exchanged between a substation
controller of the automation substation as Modbus or IEC 61850
client, such as SICAM PAS/SCC, SICAM RTUs or Spectrum Power -
CC or a protection device, such as SIPROTEC with GOOSE,
[dw_io-Mirror_unidirect-trans-sicam-io-unit, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC Compact (also directly, proprietary) and the SICAM
I/O-Units via an Ethernet network. If the integrated switch in the
Figure 8.1/3 Binary Signal Transmitters, Unidirectional Transmission SICAM I/O-Unit is used, the devices can be operated in a line
from One SICAM I/O-Unit to Several SICAM I/O Units
without an additional external switch.
Binary signal transmitters with gateway function

The application shows 2 separate bidirectional binary signal
transmissions. The main application is the following constella-
tion:
• Due to EMC environments, one SICAM I/O-Unit is to be
installed, for example, in the switch bay and connected via a
serial optical fiber.
• The optical fiber arrives in a central communication room and
is to be converted to electrical Ethernet. This is implemented
via SICAM I/O-Units as a serial gateway server. The logic struc-
ture is described in Figure 8.1/4.

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications
[dw_io-extension_switchgear_BI-and-BO, 2, en_US]
Figure 8.1/5 I/O Extension of Switchgear with Binary Inputs and

-Outputs
Instead of an Ethernet network, a serial connection with the

protocol Modbus RTU can also be used. The connection can be
made by an RS485 bus line or an optical star topology.
[dw_contact-multiplier, 1, en_US]
8.1
Figure 8.1/7 Contact Duplicator
[dw_io-extension_station-unit_star-topology, 2, en_US]
Figure 8.1/6 I/O Extension for the Connection to the Substation

Controller with Serial, Optical Star Topology
Contact duplicator
Input signals at one or more binary inputs can be allocated to
binary outputs of the local unit (Figure 8.1/7).
• 1 binary signal at up to 6 relay outputs
• Several binary signals to several relay outputs that can be
assigned
• Different voltage levels for inputs and outputs in a wide
voltage range to isolate different voltage levels

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications for Teletransmission
Applications for the Teletransmission of Binary Signals

Binary signal transmission via two-wire copper line with locking
Figure 8.1/8 shows the optical fiber connection of a SICAM I/O-
Unit to a communication converter 7XV5662-0AC01, that estab-
lishes a connection via pilot wires. Only 1 pair is required for
bidirectional signal exchange.
An additional isolating transformer allows 20 kV isolation of the
pilot wire connection.
A maximum of 6 individual binary signals can be transmitted
bidirectionally via the pilot wires. The additional time delay that
is caused by the transmission via the communication converter
and the pilot wires is less than 1 ms.
A typical application is the permissive overreach transfer trip
scheme of a directional overcurrent protection via pilot wires. In
this case, the independent overcurrent protection is connected
[dw_bi-com-converter_12sign, 1, en_US]
to the SICAM I/O-Unit via contacts and binary inputs and direc-
tional signals are transmitted. Figure 8.1/9 Binary Signal Exchange of Up to 12 Signals via Long
Optical Fiber Connections
Transmission of binary signals via communication networks by

means of a G.703.1-/X.21 interface
Figure 8.1/10 shows the optical connection of a SICAM I/O-Unit
8.1 to a communication converter (KU-XG) 7XV5662-0AA00, which
establishes a connection with a multiplexer with G.703.1 or
X.21 interface. In this way, this communication converter can be
used to transmit the signals via a communication network. The
average time delay in the network and the signal quality are
[dw_bi-com-converter_6sign, 2, en_US] monitored by the SICAM I/O-Unit. Furthermore, a connection
Figure 8.1/8 Binary Signal Exchange of 6 Signals via a Pilot Wire
loss is displayed. In this case, the state of the binary outputs can
Connection be set by the user to a secure state depending on the applica-
tion. A maximum of 6 individual binary signals can be trans-
Binary signal exchange via long optical fiber connections mitted bidirectionally via the communication network.
Figure 8.1/9 shows the optical fiber connection of a SICAM I/O-

Unit to a serial optical repeater 7XV5461-0B_00, which estab-
lishes a connection to multi-mode or single-mode fiber-optic
cables. With this application, a radius of up to 170 km can be
attained without additional amplifiers.
A maximum of 12 binary signals can be exchanged via long
optical fiber connections because the repeater allows the
connection of 2 SICAM I/O-Units.
[dw_bi-com-converter, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/10 Binary Signal Exchange via a Communication Converter

with a G.703.1-/X.21 Interface via a Communication
Network
Transmission of binary signals via communication networks by

means of a G.703.6 interface
The application (Figure 8.1/11) shows the optical fiber connec-
tion of 1 to 3 SICAM I/O-Units to a communication converter
KU-2M 7XV5662-0AD00, which establishes a connection to a
multiplexer with a G.703.6 interface (1.44 Kbps/2 megabits/s,
E1/T1).
A maximum of 18 individual binary signals can be transmitted
bidirectionally via the communication network. The communica-

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications for Teletransmission
tion converter KU-2M has 2 optical interfaces and one electrical

RS232 interface. 2 SICAM I/O-Units can be connected directly
with the KU-2M via a fiber-optic cable. At the RS232 interface
you can connect another SICAM I/O-Unit via an opto-electronic
converter 7XV5652. With the use of all input interfaces
(2 optical fibers, 1 RS232) of the KU-2M, a maximum of
18 signals can be bidirectionally exchanged.
[dw_io-Mirror_fiber-optic, 2, en_US]
Figure 8.1/12 Binary Signal Transmission via Optical Fiber or Wireless

Connection; Connection via the Integrated Ethernet
Interface to External Transmission Devices
Typical applications can be found in the Internet

www.siemens.com/sicam-io -> Downloads
8.1
Device Configuration
The SICAM I/O-Unit is equipped with an integrated Web server
that simplifies the settings with the help of a standard Internet
[dw_bi-com-converter_with_g703-6-interface, 1, en_US] Web browser (Microsoft Internet Explorer). Figure 8.1/13 shows
Figure 8.1/11 Binary Signal Exchange with G.703.6 Interface via a the user interface. In the same way, operational logs and
Communication Network commissioning aids are supported by the browser such as
display of the actual state of the inputs and outputs.
For dial-up network connections via Ethernet, media converters The SICAM I/O mapping tool is used to configure the
or Ethernet networks are used. The SICAM I/O-Unit supports IP IEC 61850 GOOSE.
address settings and settings for a standard gateway. The elec-
As soon as the IEC 61850 GOOSE configuration is completed,
trical Ethernet interface of the SICAM I/O-Unit is connected with
the SICAM I/O mapping tool reads the corresponding SCD file
one media converter or switch that transmits the signals of the
and generates the binary IEC 61850 parameter set, which can
devices via dial-up network connections with Ethernet. The
be uploaded via HTML.
average time delay in the network is measured by the SICAM
I/O-Unit.
Binary signal transfer via optical fibers or wireless connection
The application (Figure 8.1/12) shows the electrical connection
of a binary signal transmitter (BST) SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673 to
Ethernet-based transmission units via patch cables that establish
a connection via optical fibers or a wireless connection at the
trunk line end. The connection could also be made via switches
with long-distance modules or via IP networks.
[sc_Config_Screen, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/13 Configuration Screen of the SICAM I/O-Unit in the Web

Browser

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data/Dimensioned Drawing

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM I/O-Unit 7 X V 5 6 7 3 - 0 J J □ 0 - □ A A 1
▲ ▲
Device type Serial interface and communication protocol │ │
DIN rail device IP20; Without serial communication 0 │
Dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x RS485 – Modbus RTU, binary signal transmis-

1 │
H x D); sion
optical, 820 nm – Modbus RTU, binary signal
Power supply: DC 24 to 240 V, AC 100 V to 2 │
transmission
230 V;
Ethernet interface and communication
Integrated Web server for parameterization; │
protocol
Ethernet interface RJ45 connector; integrated
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP/UDP,
switch function; CE and UL approved 1
binary signal transmission
Inputs and outputs
6 binary inputs with selectable threshold Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP/UDP,
voltage binary signal transmission, or IEC 61850 2
6 relay outputs (4 make contacts, 2 change- server (GOOSE and reporting/MMS)
over contacts)
Accessories
The following components can be obtained as an option:
8.1 Y-cable 7 K E 6 0 0 0 - 8 G D 0 0 - 0 B A 2
Ethernet patch cable (CAT6) RS485 cable for
6 X V 1 8 3 0 - 0 E □ □ 0
SIPROTEC devices
RS485 bus connector plug for SIPROTEC
6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 B A 4 2 - 0 X A 0
devices
RS485 bus plug SIMATIC DP, connector plug with oblique

cable outlet, 15.8 mm x 54 mm x 39.5 mm
6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 B B 4 2 - 0 X A 0
(BXHXT), load resistor with separating func-
tion, with PG socket
Order information about prefabricated fiber-optic cables can be found on the Internet in the SIPROTEC download section at www.siemens.com/siprotec -
>Downloads/SIPROTEC accessories, 6XV81xx
Table 8.1/1 SICAM I/O-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data/Dimensioned Drawing
Dimensional Drawing
[dw_SICAM IO dimension_01, 1, en_US]

8.1
Figure 8.1/14 Dimensions SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673

Accessories
SICAM AI-Unit – Description
Description
The SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674 is an analog input device (20 mA)
that is used by power utilities in the field of substations and in
the industrial sector where there are increased environmental
demands. Besides analog signal input, the SICAM AI-Unit can
compress the measured data by demand calculation, and can
monitor and signal parameterized limiting values. Measured
values and messages can be transferred to a protection device,
to a SICAM I/O-Unit, or to a substation or power-system control
for process automation. Interoperable standard protocols IEC
61850 GOOSE, Reporting/MMS, and Modbus RTU/TCP/UDP are
used here. The SICAM AI-Unit is thus a practical external 20mA
extension and a local or remote automation unit.
Inputs 12 x 20 mA for direct current measurements

(in accordance with IEC 60688)
Insulated housing 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D)
Assembly on a DIN rail
Degree of protection IP20
Approval CE and UL [ph_SICAM AI Unit, 1, --_--]
Figure 8.2/1 SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674

Benefits
• Wide field of application (SCADA, protection and automation • Battery-backed real-time clock (RTC) and message logs (can
processes) from swift and protected real-time applications to be exported as .csv)
continuous long-term acquisition (24-h value):
8.2 – Current measured value every 642 ms
• Binary message and alarm stamp exact to 1 ms
– 10 sec, 1 min, 1 hr, 24 hr demand calculation in the device.
• Simulation of input signals for easier system commissioning
(IBS)
This on-site compression reduces the data volume that is to
be transferred and processed (making handling mass data • Comparison of redundant measured data from different
possible) SICAM AI - units is possible due to the simultaneous start of
the average value window generation
– Independent on-site automation and monitoring unit with
signaling of the parameterized limit violation conditions in • Integrated communication and device supervision
the unit
Applications
• Connection to serial interfaces or Ethernet interfaces of
SIPROTEC 4 or SIPROTEC 5 devices The SICAM AI-Unit supports various applications. It can be used
in the following sections for the acquisition of DC field signals:
• Connection to all protection and bay devices via IEC 61850-
GOOSE messages and IEC 61850 reporting • Power system protection
• Compact and robust design (-25°C to 70°C operating tempera- • SCADA (station and power systems control)
ture)
• DMS (Distribution Management System)
• Flexible communication options (Ethernet, optical fiber or • EMS (Energy Management System)
RS485 electrical)
• Modbus RTU/TCP, SIPROTEC 20-mA, serial or Ethernet connec- • GIS (Gas-insulated switchgear) – gas pressure monitoring
tion to SIPROTEC 5 devices via SUP protocol • Other industrial processes
• Precise process measurement (0.2% with reference condi- • Modernization of old plants: Automation/interface to old 20
tions) mA technology (for example, 7SA511/513 issuing the fault
location)
• Time synchronization via NTP (support of 2 time servers,
fieldbus (Modbus RTU/TCP), IEC 61850, PC, internal RTC The currents from the connected transducers (such as tempera-
ture, pressure or position sensors) can be transferred via the
• Cost saving with integrated Ethernet switch permits a chain supporting communication protocols automation processes for
structure to be built up (cascading with Y adaptor
further processing (such as visualization). See also Figure 8.2/2.
7KE6000-8GD00-0BA2)
The DC inputs of the SICAM AI-Unit can be parameterized for the
• Web server for parameterization with an IWeb browser. No following ranges:
special parameterization software necessary
• 4 LEDs for different parameterizable messages/alarms • 0 mA to 20 mADC
• 4 freely parameterizable group indications • 4 mA to 20 mADC

Accessories
The measuring accuracy is 0.2% of the rated current (20 mA) at With the integrated Web server, parameterization is carried out
reference conditions. Under environmental influence (including by means of HTML pages with the use of a Web browser.
EMC), the measuring accuracy is 1.0% of the rated current (20
Typical applications can be found on the Internet
mA).
www.siemens.com/sicam-ai -> Downloads
8.2
[dw_ai-unit_application, 2, en_US]
Figure 8.2/2 Application Example
Measured quantities Communication

The SICAM AI-Unit permits only direct current to be measured. To communicate with the substation controller / protection
The measurement cycles on both PCB assemblies are carried out device and the other peripheral devices, the SICAM input meas-
at the same time. A complete measuring cycle via 6 channels uring device has an Ethernet interface and optionally a serial
takes 642 ms. The measurement of a channel takes 107 ms and interface (RS485 or optical).
is repeated after 642 ms. Using the Internet browser, the meas-
The ordering options for communication via Ethernet are:
ured current, 10 second, minute, hour, and day average values
of all channels can directly be viewed and measured by the • With integrated Ethernet switch: Modbus TCP protocol
device, and transferred via communication protocols, together • With integrated Ethernet switch: Modbus TCP protocol and
with messages (such as limit violation conditions). IEC 61850 protocol
Limit settings The following functions are supported via Ethernet:
Up to 16 limit violations of current measured values in both • Connection to SIPROTEC 5 devices via SUP (Slave Unit
directions can be set via the automation functions menu. Limit Protocol)
violation conditions of the upper and lower range of values can
be indicated as an individual or group indication on 3 LEDs. The
• Device parameterization
parameters of 4 group indications can be set, wherein each indi- • Transmission of measured data
cation can be assigned up to 16 logically linked single-point indi- • Transmission of messages
cations.
• Time synchronization via NTP

Accessories
• Communication protocols Modbus TCP and IEC 61850 Dimensional Drawing

(reporting and GOOSE)
• Integrated Ethernet switch
With the Ethernet switch integrated in the device, further
network components can be cascaded via a Y-cable and hence
also included in an available network with IEC 61850 or a
further Ethernet protocol.
• Serial interface
– With RS485 interface
– With optical interface
• Communication with existing RS485 or optical 820 nm inter-
face
– With the Modbus RTU protocol and SIPROTEC RTU protocol
20 mA/SUP (Slave Unit Protocol)
The serial interface supports the following functions:
• Transmission of measured data
• Transmission of messages
• Time synchronization via Modbus RTU
When selecting the serial interface, either Modbus RTU or the
SIPROTEC RTU 20 mA/SUP (Slave Unit Protocol) communication
protocol can be used.
[dw_SICAM AI dimension, 1, en_US]
Time synchronization
Figure 8.2/3 Dimensions of the SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674
8.2 During operation, the SICAM AI-Unit needs the date and time for
all time-relevant processes. In communication with peripheral
devices, this ensures a uniform time base and allows correct
time stamping of the process data.
The following types of time synchronization can be carried out:
• External time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (preferred)
• External time synchronization via Fieldbus with communica-
tion protocol Modbus RTU
• Internal time synchronization via RTC (Real-Time Clock) – if
external time synchronization is unavailable
LED indications
The SICAM AI-Unit automatically monitors communication
connections and the functions of its hardware/software/firm-
ware components. The LEDs on the top of the housing signal
the current state of the device. They can be parameterized for
individual or group indication.
Parameterization
No special software is required for parameterization. Parameter
setting is carried out by the computer via HTML pages and a
Web browser. Internet Explorer 6 (or higher) is necessary for this
purpose.

Accessories
SICAM AI-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM AI-Unit 7 X V 5 6 7 4 - 0 K K □ 0 - □ A A 1
▲ ▲
Device type Serial interface and communication protocol │ │
DIN rail device, IP20; 12 x 20-mA inputs for Without serial communication 0 │
example SIPROTEC-/SICAM units; RS485 – serial Modbus RTU and
Dimensions: 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm SIPROTEC 20 mA protocol/point-to-point 3 │
(WxHxD); connection
Power supply: DC 24 to 240 V, AC 100 V to

230 V; FO 820 nm, ST connector – serial Modbus RTU
and SIPROTEC 20 mA protocol/point-to-point 4 │
Ethernet interface, RJ45 connector; integrated
connection
switch - function; integrated Web server for
parameterization; CE and UL approved
Ethernet interface and communication
│
protocol
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP 1
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP and
2
IEC 61850 server (GOOSE and reporting/MMS)
Accessories
The following components can be obtained as an option:
Y-cable 7 K E 6 0 0 0 - 8 G D 0 0 - 0 B A 2
Ethernet patch cable (CAT6) RS485 cable for
6 X V 1 8 3 0 - 0 E □ □ 0
SIPROTEC devices 8.2
RS485 bus connector plug for SIPROTEC
6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 B A 4 2 - 0 X A 0
devices
RS485 bus plug SIMATIC DP, connector plug with oblique cable
outlet, 15.8 mm x 54 mm x 39.5 mm (BXHXT),
6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 B B 4 2 - 0 X A 0
load resistor with separating function, with PG
socket
Order information about prefabricated fiber-optic cables can be found on the Internet in the SIPROTEC download section at www.siemens.com/siprotec -
>Downloads/SIPROTEC accessories, 6XV81xx
Table 8.2/1 SICAM AI-Unit - Selection and Ordering Information

Accessories
SICAM AI-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data
8.2

Index
1,2,3 ... F
6MD23 170 Fault detection parameters 169
6MD61 129 Fault indication 169
6MD63 134
6MD63 bay controller 131
6MD66 140
6MD85 110 G
6MD86 121
6MD89 125 GOOSE 19
6MD90 23
6MD232 163
6MD550 59
6MD2310 167 I
6MD2340 173
6MD5530 65 I/O box 126
6MF1 31, 51 IEC 60870-5-101 18, 19, 20
6MF2 46 IEC 60870-5-103 19, 20
6MF70 79 IEC 60870-5-104 18, 19, 20
6MF78 86 IEC 61850 18, 19, 19
6MF1827 69 IEC 61850 System Configurator 99
6MF6070 89
7KE90 23
7KE900 26
7KE9200 65 M
7XS54 92, 103
7XS5461 101 Mechanical 169
7XV5673 175 Modbus 18, 20
7XV5674 182 Modbus Master 19 9
Modem 20
A
O
Application data 169
OPC Client 19
OPC Server 19
OPC XML DA Server 19
B
Bay controller for railway applications 122
Bay Controllers 106 P
Bay devices 18
P1V 98
PQ Analyzer
functional overview 61
C PROFIBUS DP 19, 20
PROFINET IO 19, 20
CDT 18 PTS 87
Communication interfaces 18
Communication with the control center
Protocols 18
Control centers 18 S
Security 22
Sensors for current and voltage 159
D Short-circuit and ground-fault detection system 168
Short-circuit Indicator 165
Dial-up mode 20 SICAM A8000 34, 146
Digital short-circuit indicator 158 SICAM AI-Unit 182
DIGSI 5 93 SICAM AK 3 27
DNP3 18, 19, 20

Index
SICAM Device Manager 85

SICAM DISTO 68
SICAM FCG 171
SICAM FCM 158
SICAM FPI 165
SICAM FSI 168
SICAM I/O-Unit 175
SICAM PAS 14
SICAM PAS UI 72
SICAM PAS/PQS 72
SICAM protocol test system 87
SICAM Q80 19
SICAM Safety 48
SICAM SCC 55
SICAM TOOLBOX II 74
SICAM WEB 84
SIGRA 102
SIMEAS R 19
SINAUT LSA ILSA 19
SIPROTEC 4 Service IF 19
SIPROTEC 6MD61 126
SIPROTEC 6MD66 137
SIPROTEC 6MD85 107
SIPROTEC 6MD86 111
SIPROTEC 6MD89 122
SIPROTEC 7SC80 148
Substations 18
9
T
Telegyr 8979 18
TP 19

Appendix
CE conformity Copyright
This product complies with the directive of © Siemens 2019. All rights reserved.
the Council of the European Communities The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this
on harmonization of the laws of the Member document, or utilization and communication of the content
States relating to electromagnetic are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights,
compatibility (EMC Directive 2014/30/EU) and concerning including rights created by patent grant or registration of a
electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits utility model or a design, are reserved.
(Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU).
This conformity has been proved by tests performed according Registered trademarks
to the Council Directive in accordance with the generic SIPROTEC™, DIGSI™, SIGRA™, SIGUARD™, SAFIR™, SICAM™,
standard EN 61000-6-5 (for EMC directive) and with the MindSphere™, and Reyrolle™ are trademarks of Siemens.
product standard EN 62586-1 (for Low Voltage Directive) by Any unauthorized use is illegal. All other designations
Siemens AG. in this document can be trademarks whose use by third
parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the
The device is designed and manufactured for application in owner.
an industrial environment.
Drawings are not binding.
The product conforms with the international standards of All product designations used are trademarks or product
EN 62586 and the German standard VDE 0415. names of Siemens AG or other suppliers.
If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in this catalog
Disclaimer for liability are given in mm.
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical
review before being published. It is revised at regular intervals,
and any modifications and amendments are included
in the subsequent issues. The content of this document has
been compiled for information purposes only. Although
Siemens AG has made best efforts to keep the document as
precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens AG shall not
assume any liability for defects and damage which result
through use of the information contained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business
relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of
Siemens AG are stated in the relevant contractual agreements.
Siemens AG reserves the right to revise this document from
time to time.
Document version: 04
Release status: 07.2019
SICAM Substation Automation· Catalog · Edition 4.0

Published by © 2019 Siemens
Siemens 2019 Subject to changes and errors.The information given in this
Smart Infrastructure document only contains general descriptions and/or perfor-
Digital Grid mance features which may not always specifically reflect
Humboldtstrasse 59 those described, or which may undergo modification in the
91459 Nuremberg, Germany course of further development of the products. The reques-
ted performance features are binding only when they are
For the U.S. puplished by
expressly agreed upon in the concluded contract.
Siemens Industry Inc.
For all products using security features of OpenSSL the
100 Technology Drive
following shall apply:
Alpharetta, GY 30005
United State This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL
Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit.
www.siemens.com/sicam (http://www.openssl.org)
This product includes cryptographic software written
For more information, by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
please contact our This product includes software written
Customer Support Center. by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)
Tel.: +49 180 524 7000 This product includes software developed
Fax: +49 180 524 2471 by Bodo Moeller.
(Charges depending on provider)
E-Mail: support.energy@siemens.com
Article No. EMDG-C10111-01-7600

pdf document - not printed
CG 0719

EMDG C10111 01 7600 - Substation Automation Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMDG C10111 01 7600 - Substation Automation Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMDG C10111 01 7600 - Substation Automation Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different catalogs described in the document?

What are the different catalogs described in the document?

What software is mentioned for station automation?

What software is mentioned for station automation?

SICAM

SICAM Substation Automation Catalog Reyrolle Catalogs*

SIPROTEC 5 Catalog SICAM Power Quality and Measurement Catalog

Selection Guide SIPROTEC and Reyrolle

The manuals describe, among others, the operation, installation

2 SICAM Substation Automation· Catalog · Edition 4.0

Substation Automation Introduction 1.1

Distribution-System Automation 1.2

Catalog - Edition 4.0 Station Automation 1.3

Station Control and Telecontrol Engineering 2

SICAM A8000 Series 2.3

SICAM Safety 2.4

Operation, Observation and Diagnosis 3

SICAM SCC 3.1

SICAM PQ Analyzer 3.2

SICAM DISTO 3.3

Software for Station Automation 4

SICAM PAS UI 4.1

SICAM TOOLBOX II 4.2

SICAM WEB 4.3

SICAM Device Manager 4.4

SICAM Protocol Test System 4.5

IEC 61850 System Configurator 4.8

SIPROTEC 6MD85 5.2

SIPROTEC 6MD86 5.3

SIPROTEC 6MD89 5.4

SIPROTEC 6MD61 5.5

SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0 3

5.6 SIPROTEC 6MD63

5.7 SIPROTEC 6MD66

6.1 SICAM A8000 Series

6.2 SIPROTEC 7SC80

7.1 SICAM FCM

7.2 SICAM FPI

7.3 SICAM FSI

7.4 SICAM FCG

8.1 SICAM I/O-Unit

8.2 SICAM AI-Unit

4 SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0

Preface • Cost-effective investments and economic operation

Figure 1.1/1 Siemens - Station Automation Products

SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0 5

[ph_distribution automation, 1, --_--]

Figure 1.2/1 Siemens Short-Circuit Indicators and Distribution-System Automation Products

6 SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0

Figure 1.3/1 Application Example: Station Automation

SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0 7

2 Devices SICAM A8000

Max. Number of Data Points 20 000 400 000

Human-Machine Interface (HMI)

8 SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0

SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS 2

200 000/CPU 80 000

1.5 M/CPU >1.5 M

SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 4.0 9